The Content 10x Podcast

The B2B Content Operations Benchmark: Does Your Content Strategy, Operations, and Team Really Measure Up?

Thu, 09 Apr 2026 02:00:00 +0100

How confident are you that your content is working? Not your output but the strategy behind it, the processes that support it, and the team set up to deliver it.

Most B2B content teams are moving too fast to stop and take stock. It’s easy to keep investing in tactics that aren’t building on the right foundations.

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods introduces our brand new B2B Content Operations Benchmark - a free assessment for B2B content and marketing teams that replaces the original Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard, which launched over three years ago.

Amy walks through what’s changed, why the original scorecard needed a complete rebuild, and what the new benchmark covers. She also makes the case for why benchmarks and assessments are often underused content formats in B2B and why building one could be one of the smartest content investments your team makes.

Listen to find out:

Why we retired the original Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard after over three years, and what made it the right time to rebuild
How the B2B Content Operations Benchmark goes further than the original, and why the scope had to expand
What each of the three benchmark categories covers - Content Strategy & Planning, Content Operations & Technology, and Team Capability & Culture - and the personalized report that is shared with participants
Why a structured diagnostic can be one of the most useful things a B2B content team can create - especially when making the case for resources or change
Ways that you can repurpose a benchmark/scorecard and how they can power a content engine
A preview of the upcoming 7-episode content strategy series covering connecting content to revenue, competitor analysis, core messaging, channels and formats, distribution and repurposing, and measurement and KPIs

Important links & mentions:

Take the free B2B Content Operations Benchmark: https://www.content10x.com/benchmark
Blog post about this episode: https://www.content10x.com/353
Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a content agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

She’s also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.

Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Build a B2B Podcast with Personality and Purpose with Jess Cook

Thu, 26 Mar 2026 02:00:00 +0100

What does it take to build a B2B podcast that people actually want to listen to, in one of the most crowded content spaces out there?

Producing a show with personality and purpose is the best way to spark interest, gain repeat listeners, and get people talking about your brand.

In this episode, Amy sits down with Jess Cook, VP of Marketing at Vector, to talk about their fantastic podcast, This Meeting Could Have Been a Podcast – a show that we have the pleasure of working on at Content 10x.

From scrapping the original concept to building a LinkedIn presence that's become a genuine awareness magnet, Jess shares how personality, specificity, and a smart content strategy combine to make a show that really stands out.

Find out:

Why Jess scrapped the original podcast concept and started over from scratch
The show's purpose: arming marketing leaders with how to have better conversations with their CEOs and solve problems
How she named every episode like a Seinfeld script - and why that specificity works
The decision to record in-person and how it transforms chemistry and production quality
How LinkedIn personal branding has become Vector's most powerful awareness channel
How encouraging the whole team at Vector to post has amplified their reach
The planned and surprise benefits of a strong B2B podcast
How 'Vector-on-Vector' — using their own platform in their own marketing — has become their best proof point
What's coming next for Vector in 2026, including the “Ghost Tour Tour” and season 3 of the show

Important links & mentions:

Jess on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jesscook-contentmarketing/
Josh on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/joshuaperk/
Vector’s Website: https://www.vector.co
Vector’s podcast This Meeting Could’ve Been A Podcast: https://vector.transistor.fm/people/jess-cook
Vector episode Josh Overthrows Jess and Gets Cancelled: https://vector.transistor.fm/episodes/josh-overthrows-jess-and-gets-canceled
Content 10x Podcast Episode 302: How to Maximize Content with a Small Team with Jess Cook: https://www.content10x.com/302
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.

Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Gain Cultural Buy-in for Your Employee-Led Content Program with Sarah Goodall

Thu, 05 Mar 2026 02:00:00 +0100

People trust people over one-size-fits-all messaging and logos.

Today’s business buyers and decision-makers want to know the people behind the brand. That’s where the growth and connection happen.

In this episode, which is part four of a four-part miniseries, host Amy Woods sits down with Sarah Goodall, CEO & Founder of Tribal Impact, to discuss the importance of gaining cultural buy-in for employee-led content to make a real long-term impact.

In this conversation, we discuss:

Why people trust content from their peers over traditional brand messaging.
The importance of building and nurturing employee trust
Why today’s buyers and consumers want to know the person behind the brand
How to measure growth ‘what good looks like’ with employee-led content
The reasons why you should view LinkedIn as a networking platform instead of a marketing platform
How to shift your cultural mindset and treat your employee-led program as a sustainable initiative, not a one-off campaign

Important links & mentions:

Our main series blog post on ‘Why Employee-Led Content Is the Biggest B2B Advantage in 2026’: https://www.content10x.com/why-employee-led-content-is-the-biggest-b2b-advantage-in-2026/
Sarah on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarahgoodall/
Tribal Impact’s Website: https://www.tribalimpact.com
Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

How to Enable Employee-Led Content Without Forcing It

Thu, 19 Feb 2026 02:00:00 +0100

Each of your employees is a potential content marketing, brand-building, lead-generating goldmine.

But to tap into this opportunity, you need to move away from using a one-size-fits-all strategy.

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods talks about why it’s important to give up some control, avoid using the same approach for everyone, and help employees show up online in a genuine way.

Amy shares why it’s better to ditch forced formats and scripts, discusses ways to build trust with different messages, and explains how to set up systems that empower unique voices to show up in multiple ways.

If you want to add employee-led content to your brand strategy, this episode is for you! But before you jump in, check out episodes 348 and 349 for part one and part two of our content deep dive.

Find out:

What types of content and messaging work best on LinkedIn
How to help employees feel confident posting online
How to create systems that support employee content at scale
Where to find inspiration for LinkedIn posts
Why it's important to analyze what is getting attention online

Important links & mentions:

Episode 347: Why Not All Content Works Everywhere (And Why That’s a Good Thing) https://www.content 10x.com/347
Episode 348 (Part 1): Why Employee-Led Content is the Biggest B2B Advantage https://www.content 10x.com/348
Episode 349 (Part 2): How to Build an Employee-Led Content System That Actually Works https://www.content 10x.com/349
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

How to Build an Employee-Led Content System That Actually Works

Thu, 05 Feb 2026 02:00:00 +0100

When companies invest in employee-led content they must not treat it as a short-term campaign – that’s a recipe for disappointment.

This episode directly follows on from our last episode, Why Employee-Led Content Is the Biggest B2B Advantage in 2026. Host, Amy Woods, moves from why people-led content matters to how to implement it properly. The conversation centers on employee-led content and how to build it in a way that lasts.

Amy explains the differences between employee activation on LinkedIn, employee-generated content, and employee advocacy. She also covers how these pieces fit together without forcing people to post or stripping out their voice.

If you’re thinking about building a content strategy that expands your brands reach and facilitates authentic connections, this is a great place to start.

Find out:

What an employee activation program on LinkedIn looks like in practice
How to identify the right employees to take part and represent your brand
Why the first 3-6 months are often messy (and why that’s normal)
What to measure early on, and what takes longer to have an impact
What employee-generated content and employee advocacy looks like in practice
How employee-led content can extend beyond LinkedIn into podcasts, events, and interviews

Important links & mentions:

Episode 348 (Part 1): Why Employee-Led Content Is the Biggest B2B Advantage in 2026: https://www.content10x.com/348
Episode 350 (Part 3): How to Enable Employee-Led Content Without Forcing It: https://www.content10x.com/350
Episode 343: Why Smart Companies Are Investing in Their Leaders’ Personal Brands with Ash Jones: https://www.content10x.com/why-smart-companies-are-investing-in-their-leaders-personal-brands-with-ash-jones/#
Get the Most Out of Your Guest Appearances: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-appearance/
The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews: https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Why Employee-Led Content Is the Biggest B2B Advantage in 2026

Thu, 22 Jan 2026 02:00:00 +0100

Trust has always been one of the hardest things to earn in B2B marketing. As content volumes have increased, that challenge has only grown. When buyers are surrounded by more posts, more articles, and more opinions than ever before, it becomes harder to know who to believe and who to ignore.

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, Amy Woods talks through why people-led content is something you cannot afford to ignore in 2026. After years of higher output and faster production, and with AI making it easier than ever to scale, buyers are paying closer attention to who is speaking, not just what is being said. Experience, judgement, and credibility now carry more weight than polish.

This episode focuses on the ‘why’ behind people-led content – specifically employee-led content in B2B. Amy explores why trust feels harder to earn today, why human voices are starting to outperform brand-led messaging, and why this shift reflects buyer behaviour rather than a passing trend.

If you’re thinking about how to build credibility, engage your audience, and push your brand further without adding to the noise, this episode will help reframe how you approach visibility and trust in B2B marketing.

Find out:

Why trust has become the real constraint in B2B marketing
How AI-driven scale has changed expectations (and buyer skepticism)
Why people now trust individuals more than brands
What “people-led content” means in a B2B context
Why this shift is unavoidable for brands that want to stand out in 2026

Important links & mentions:

Episode 349 (Part 2): How to Build an Employee-Led Content System That Actually Works: https://www.content10x.com/349
Episode 350 (Part 3): How to Enable Employee-Led Content Without Forcing It: https://www.content10x.com/350
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Why Not All Content Works Everywhere (And Why That’s a Good Thing)

Thu, 08 Jan 2026 02:00:00 +0100

In this first episode of 2026, Amy Woods makes the case for one word that should guide your B2B content decisions this year: intent.

Because while AI has made it easier than ever to publish at speed, a volume-first approach often creates content that is lacking purpose and feels generic (and gets ignored).

Amy explores why audiences show up with different mindsets on different platforms, why one-size-fits-all repurposing rarely works, and how getting clearer on your intent (engagement, clicks, DMs, shares, leads) helps you create content that performs better - and feels more natural to make.

If you want a smarter content repurposing strategy in 2026, start here.

Find out:

Why not all content works everywhere (and why that should never be the goal)
How platform intent changes audience behavior (even when it’s the same person)
How to repurpose the same idea in different ways without copy/pasting across channels
Tips for matching your marketing intent to platform intent so you measure success properly
How three simple questions can improve your content decisions instantly

Important links & mentions:

Blog post related to this episode: https://www.content10x.com/347
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

How Cloudflare Turned One Survey into Over 100 Pieces of Content with Amy Higgins

Thu, 11 Dec 2025 02:00:00 +0100

What happens when you plan your content strategy around the end result, but stay flexible enough to pivot when the data comes in? Amy Higgins, Senior Director of Content Strategy at Cloudflare, has mastered this approach.

In this episode, host Amy Woods sits down with Amy, an award-winning marketing leader with extensive experience building and scaling content teams that drive measurable impact across brand, demand, and thought leadership.

At Cloudflare, Amy leads a team producing everything from large-scale research reports to blogs, podcasts, and video content, turning one core asset into hundreds of derivative pieces across channels and regions.

In this conversation, Amy shares:

How to plan a survey with the end content in mind
Why cross-functional collaboration (product, sales, regional marketing, analysts) is essential for stronger insights
How to stay flexible and adjust your plans based on what the data actually tells you.
The unexpected benefits of prioritizing quality over volume, even if it reduces the dataset
What to measure, and how, once your survey-based content starts going live

Important links & mentions:

Amy Higgins on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywhiggins
Amy Woods on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

8 Big Lessons From 8 Years of Running a B2B Podcast

Thu, 27 Nov 2025 02:00:00 +0100

After 8 years and 345 episodes, what does it really take to build a sustainable B2B podcast?

In this milestone episode, co-hosts Amy Woods and Hayley Evans reflect on The Content 10x Podcast’s 8-year journey. Hayley asks Amy to share her 8 most important lessons learned from 8 years of consistent podcasting.

Amy reveals how the podcast started with clear goals; to build authority, establish thought leadership, and understand what Content 10x’s clients experience with their own podcasts. But as she shares in this conversation, it’s evolved into something much more significant.

This episode explores the realities of long-term content creation, from the critical importance of consistency to why repurposing has been essential for survival.

Amy also shares the challenges, the unexpected benefits, and what it really takes to maintain quality content production year after year.

Find out:

Why Amy believes the podcast wouldn’t have survived 8 years without repurposing
The reason Content 10x moved from weekly to biweekly episodes
How “random acts of content” kill momentum and what to do instead
Why a podcast is never just about content creation and the unexpected benefits
How podcasting opened doors to speaking opportunities and partnerships
Why maintaining high quality standards matters more than frequency
The value of embracing and adapting to change
Why investing in specialists beats trying to do everything yourself
How podcasting became an unexpected L&D tool for professional growth

Important links & mentions:

Blog post: https://www.content10x.com/345
How to Win at AI Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn: https://www.content10x.com/310
Learn more about The Content10x or book a call: https://www.content10x.com/services/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Should AI Run Your Personal Brand? The Dangers of Automating Authenticity

Thu, 13 Nov 2025 02:00:00 +0100

We trust leaders for their authenticity, so what happens when their words are written by AI?

In this solo episode, host and Content 10x founder Amy Woods reflects on her recent conversation with Ash Jones, founder of Great Influence and Great Leaders, and explores a new twist in the world of personal branding - the rise of AI tools that promise to “do it all” for you.

Shortly after the conversation with Ash, Amy came across a LinkedIn post promoting an AI platform that claims to study a CEO’s tone of voice, create their content, and even comment on posts on their behalf.

It raised an important question if your personal brand isn’t personal anymore… what’s left?

AI can make content faster. But leadership visibility isn’t about speed, it’s about sincerity.

In this episode, Amy shares her thoughts on where AI fits into personal branding, and where it doesn’t, plus how leaders and companies can balance efficiency with authenticity.

Find out:

Why fully automating your personal brand completely misses the point
The difference between human-supported and AI-generated leadership content
The risks of outsourcing your voice completely and how to keep your leadership voice authentic, original, and human
Where AI can play a useful role in the creative process

Important links & mentions:

Blog post: https://www.content10x.com/344
Why Smart Companies Are Investing in Their Leaders’ Personal Brands with Ash Jones: https://www.content10x.com/343
What Should You Use AI in Content Marketing (And When You Should Avoid It)? https://www.content10x.com/when-to-use-ai-in-content-marketing/
AI in B2B Marketing: What’s Working, What’s Failing and What’s Next: https://www.content10x.com/340
Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Why Smart Companies Are Investing in Their Leaders’ Personal Brands with Ash Jones

Thu, 30 Oct 2025 02:00:00 +0100

How can B2B companies turn their leaders into one of their most powerful marketing and employer branding assets?

Host, Amy Woods, is joined by Ash Jones for a second time on the podcast. Ash is the founder of Great Influence and Great Leaders and in this episode Amy and Ash explore the growing trend of leadership visibility and personal branding for leaders within organizations on LinkedIn.

Ash shares the story of how Great Leaders began, almost by accident, after working with Booking.com, and how the results from that project inspired a new model for companies looking to activate their senior teams on LinkedIn.

This conversation dives into why helping leaders build a personal brand isn’t a risk but instead it’s a strategic advantage, and what it really takes to make it work inside complex businesses.

Find out:

The moment Ash realised leadership visibility was the next evolution of personal branding
Why big organizations like Booking.com and Sky are investing in leadership voices
The measurable business impact of activating leaders on LinkedIn
How to balance company messaging with authentic personal expression
Why the fear of “they’ll get headhunted” is an outdated mindset
How to help senior leaders find confidence, consistency and real influence online
Ash’s advice for “cracking LinkedIn” and what most people get wrong

Important links & mentions:

Blog post: https://www.content10x.com/343
Ash on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ash-jones-85363975/
Great Influence: https://greatinfluence.com/
Great Leaders: https://greatinfluence.com/leaders
Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

B2B Content Repurposing Done Right and How It’s Evolving

Thu, 16 Oct 2025 02:00:00 +0100

What types of content are B2B marketing leaders repurposing the most? Are they doing enough of it, and what’s holding them back?

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, hosts Amy Woods and Hayley Evans build on insights from 20 senior B2B marketing leaders interviewed on our sister show, B2B Content Strategist.

This time, Hayley interviews Amy to uncover the big themes that emerged around content repurposing and the future of B2B marketing.

Find out about:

The most popular types of content to repurpose – from benchmark reports and white papers to webinars, podcasts, and panel discussions
Why planning repurposing upfront delivers better results and avoids it becoming an afterthought
The dangers of “checkbox repurposing” – and how to focus on quality and substance over volume
How leading marketers are adapting to changing buyer journeys, new search behaviors, and the rise of AI-generated content
The future of B2B content: authenticity, personalization, and why human voice and storytelling will matter more than ever

Important links & mentions:

Hayley on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayleyevans888/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
B2B Content Strategist: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
B2B Webinar Planning Playbook: https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
Creating and Repurposing B2B Research & Reports: https://www.content10x.com/330
The Ultimate Guide to Impactful B2B Video Interviews: https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

How Smart B2B Marketing Leaders Structure their Teams, Collaborate & Outsource

Thu, 02 Oct 2025 02:00:00 +0100

How are top B2B marketing teams structured? What are their secrets and what do they outsource?

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, hosts Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, reflect on the big takeaways and learnings from 20 interviews with senior B2B marketing leaders on our sister show B2B Content Strategist.

Instead of Amy interviewing, Hayley turns the tables and interviews Amy to uncover the big themes that emerged.

Find out:

How B2B marketing teams are structured (and how they stay lean yet agile)
Cross-functional collaboration - where content teams fit in and how they work with sales, analytics, and other departments
What gets kept in-house vs outsourced and how it’s a balancing act
The importance of a good brief for all project and pieces of work, whether working with in-house teams or external partners

Important links & mentions:

Blog post: https://www.content10x.com/341
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayleyevans888
B2B Content Strategist Podcast: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Episode 340 AI in B2B Marketing: What’s Working, What’s Failing, and What’s Next: https://www.content10x.com/340
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

AI in B2B Marketing: What’s Working, What’s Failing, and What’s Next

Thu, 28 Aug 2025 02:00:00 +0100

How are B2B marketing teams really using AI today?

In this episode, we kick off a brand-new mini-series reflecting on the biggest insights from our sister podcast, B2B Content Strategist. First up: AI.

After speaking with 20 leading B2B marketers, we’ve uncovered how teams are experimenting with AI, what’s actually working, and where it’s going wrong. From content creation to workflow automation, from compliance headaches to the rise of human-centric storytelling — this episode pulls together the lessons, warnings, and opportunities shaping AI in B2B marketing right now.

Find out:

What B2B marketing teams are using AI for (ideation, drafting, proofreading, workflow automation & more)
Why AI is seen more as an efficiency tool than a creator
Where leaders are drawing the line: originality, brand voice, and thought leadership
The biggest AI pitfalls — from “samey” content to compliance risks
Which AI tools are most popular with marketing teams today
How human-led, authentic storytelling is becoming even more important in the AI era

Important links & mentions:

B2B Content Strategist: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Shannon Howard on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mjcrawford1/
Martin Malloy on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/martinmalloy-ca/
Luba Czyrsky on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/lubaczyrsky/
Paul Way on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/pkway/
Mike D’Errico on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-derrico/
Matt Crawford on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mjcrawford1/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

How to Build Processes to Power a Scalable B2B Webinar Program with Fidelity’s Steve Jones & Lauren Franklin

Thu, 07 Aug 2025 02:00:00 +0100

What does it take to run a truly scalable, customer-centric webinar strategy inside a large B2B organization?

In this episode - the final episode in our B2B webinar mini-series - we go behind the scenes of the B2B webinar engine at Fidelity Investments with Steve Jones, Director of Employer Marketing, and Lauren Franklin, Senior Manager, Channel Marketing & Events Specialist.

Their webinar program is built on structure, strategy, and serious results.

Steve and Lauren share how they’ve built and scaled a high-performing webinar strategy that aligns with both marketing goals and customer education. From implementing a detailed 68-step planning process to navigating compliance and live delivery, Steve and Lauren offer practical insights and real-world examples that any B2B marketer can learn from.

Find out:

How Fidelity structures webinar content for different B2B audiences
Why every webinar follows a detailed 68-step project plan
The power of live webinars - and how they make them work
Supporting speakers and scaling without sacrificing quality
Making webinars part of both the marketing and customer education strategy
Smart repurposing tactics (and how they work within a compliance-heavy organization)
How to optimize your webinar to adapt to sudden changes

Important links & mentions:

Our B2B Webinar Planning Playbook: https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
Fidelity webinars: https://www.fidelity.com/learning-center/overview
Steve Jones on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/fidelitystevejones/
Lauren Franklin on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/fidelitylaurenfranklin/
Blog post on this topic: https://www.content10x.com/339
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayleyevans888/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

The Only Type of B2B How-to Guide Worth Creating

Thu, 17 Jul 2025 02:00:00 +0100

The content landscape has fundamentally shifted. Simple how-to guides used to be a staple of B2B marketing - highly valuable, searchable, and if your SEO is on-point they can appear at the top of search engine results pages.

In this episode, host Amy Woods shares how these simple how-to guides are now best left to AI, but this presents an opportunity. Sophisticated B2B audiences still crave expert guidance for complex, high-stakes decisions. The key is understanding which how-to content to abandon and which to double down on.

Find out:

Why simple how-to guides are now dominated by AI and why this shift impacts your content strategy and SEO
The critical differences between basic and expert-driven how-to guides and why depth, nuance, and originality matter more than ever
Steps to evaluate and create standout, expert-led how-to guides that attract clicks, build authority, and deliver value your audience can't get from AI
Tips for repurposing your expert guides across multiple formats and channels for maximum impact

Important links & mentions:

How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/content-ai-cant-create/
How to Build a Winning Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/winning-blog-content-strategy/
Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
Content 10x Expert Interview Service https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews/
Blog post on this topic: https://www.content10x.com/338
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Webinar Series Part 5: How to Succeed With B2B Webinars - Answers to the 5 Most Common Questions

Thu, 26 Jun 2025 02:00:00 +0100

Running a B2B webinar can feel like walking a tightrope. It’s a balancing act between providing valuable content with handling tech issues with keeping your audience engaged. Plus, you have to promote it, get people to sign up in the first place, and repurpose it.

In part five of our B2B webinar miniseries, Amy Woods, CEO & Founder, and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, tackle the FAQs that we get asked related to webinars.

This episode is packed with useful advice to help you tackle your next B2B webinar with confidence and help you navigate common challenges.

Find out:

What to do when the tech fails mid-webinar, and why those moments can actually help build connection
How to troubleshoot low registration numbers
Proven strategies to keep your audience actively engaged throughout your webinar
The best ways to convert webinar attendees into leads or customers after the session ends
When to gate your webinar content vs. make it freely accessible for maximum reach

Important links & mentions:

Download the B2B Webinar Planning Playbook: https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayleyevans888/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Webinar Series Part 4: Repurposing a B2B Webinar: How to Get Max Webinar ROI

Thu, 12 Jun 2025 02:00:00 +0100

A well-planned webinar is just the beginning — what you do with that content afterwards can make all the difference.

In this episode, Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, joins host Amy Woods in the fourth installment of our webinar miniseries. They explore how to repurpose webinar content into new formats that work across the marketing funnel – from quick-win video clips and blogs to longer-term strategies that help you get more from every minute of your webinar.

Find out:

Why repurposing starts with how you plan and run the webinar
The best types of content to create from a webinar recording
How to match repurposed content with different stages of the funnel
Tips for making your repurposing process more efficient
Why repurposed content can extend your reach and results

Important links & mentions:

The B2B Webinar Planning Playbook https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Webinar Series Part 3: How to Promote Your B2B Webinar (And Why Follow-Ups Matter)

Thu, 29 May 2025 02:00:00 +0100

Promotion doesn't stop once the webinar begins, and follow-up is just as important.

In part three of our miniseries all about B2B webinars, Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, run through the full promotion cycle: before, during, and after. They share practical advice on how to get your webinar in front of the right people, keep them engaged, and follow up in a way that adds value and keeps the conversation going.

It’s a full-funnel approach to getting more from every webinar you run.

Find out:

What goes into a solid webinar promotion plan across channels
Why your title and messaging matter more than you might think
How to work with guests, partners, and your own team to widen reach
What to include in your follow-up for attendees and no-shows
How to use feedback and post-event engagement to inform future webinars

Important links & mentions:

The B2B Webinar Planning Playbook https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Webinar Series Part 2: How to Plan a B2B Webinar

Thu, 15 May 2025 02:00:00 +0100

A successful webinar starts with a smart plan.

In part two of our webinars miniseries, Amy Woods is joined again by Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, to share how B2B marketers can plan webinars that deliver real value – and set the stage for repurposing afterwards. They cover everything from choosing a topic and format, to picking the right platform and setting goals that align with your wider content strategy.

It’s all about being clear on what your audience wants, and building from there.

Find out:

How to set clear goals and pick a strong topic your audience will care about
What to think about when choosing a format and platform
Why good structure and flow matters just as much as the content
How to keep your audience engaged during the webinar
What to plan ahead of time to make things easier on the day

Important links & mentions:

The B2B Webinar Planning Playbook https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Webinar Series Part 1: 8 Reasons Why Webinars Are So Popular in B2B Marketing

Thu, 08 May 2025 02:00:00 +0100

Webinars have been a favorite format in B2B content marketing for years – but why do they work so well?

In the first episode of our webinars miniseries, host Amy Woods is joined by Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, to explore the benefits of webinars from both a strategic and practical point of view. Together, they break down seven clear reasons why webinars are still such an effective format for lead generation, relationship building, and content creation.

Find out:

Why webinars are great for lead generation and audience engagement
How they build trust and support thought leadership
Why they're perfect for repurposing into lots of other content
The benefits of webinars compared to in-person events
What kind of data and insights they offer to help improve future content

Important links & mentions:

The B2B Webinar Planning Playbook https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
Expert Interviews Miniseries https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d5RjYsCkPsQb2CrmIRTauIL&feature=shared/
The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Why Webinars Work: Insights from B2B Marketing Leaders

Thu, 01 May 2025 02:00:00 +0100

Webinars continue to be one of the most trusted and effective tools in B2B marketing – and in this episode, we’re highlighting why.

Ahead of our upcoming webinar miniseries, Amy Woods brings together insights from guests on our sister podcast, B2B Content Strategist, who all had one thing in common: they believe webinars are worth the effort. From the importance of compelling titles to choosing the right platform and repurposing every session into lasting content, you’ll hear real-life examples of how B2B marketers are using webinars to drive results and build long-term value.

Find out:

Why webinars remain a core part of B2B marketing strategies
What smart marketers are doing to get the most value from each session
How to think beyond the live event and into long-term content opportunities
Tips on repurposing webinar content to reach different audiences
What makes webinars more than just a one-off event

Important links & mentions:

B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Maximizing ROI from B2B Events (In-Person and Virtual): How to Plan, Capture, and Repurpose Content

Thu, 17 Apr 2025 02:00:00 +0100

Live, virtual, and hybrid events continue to be a strategic advantage for B2B marketers – offering original thought leadership and genuine human connection that AI can’t replicate. In this episode, Amy Woods explores how live and virtual events can become high-performing engines for content – if you plan for it. From community-building to capturing thought leadership, you’ll hear why events are a key part of a content strategy. Plus, insights from marketers who’ve turned conferences, customer gatherings, and virtual events into months of valuable, human-led content.

Find out:

Why events are the ultimate way to connect with your audience and capture authentic content
How to build content plans around your event – before it even begins
What expert B2B marketers are doing differently with their events
Ways to repurpose event content across formats like blogs, podcasts, videos, and more
What to measure after the event to track ROI and keep the momentum going

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy: https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323
Creating and Repurposing B2B Research & Reports https://www.content10x.com/330
Expert Interviews Miniseries https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d5RjYsCkPsQb2CrmIRTauIL&feature=shared
How to Repurpose a Virtual Event with Mark Huber https://www.content10x.com/225
WorldDAB Case Study https://www.content10x.com/case-study-worlddab/
Metadata Case Study https://www.content10x.com/case-study-metadata/
B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Creating and Repurposing B2B Research & Reports

Thu, 03 Apr 2025 02:00:00 +0100

Original research is one of the most powerful tools in B2B marketing. It’s a direct path to unique insights, fresh content, and a strong and differentiated industry presence. Host Amy Woods breaks down why original research is worth the effort, how it positions your brand as a trusted authority, and the many ways it can fuel your entire marketing funnel with high-value, repurposable content that AI simply can’t replicate.

Find out:

The value of original research in B2B marketing and how to choose the right topics
How research-backed content boosts credibility and sets you apart from generic AI-generated noise
Content creation and repurposing opportunities across multiple channels
The role of proprietary research in demand generation, pipeline growth, and industry positioning
Key insights from B2B industry experts and their approach to original research and reports

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy: https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
The 4 Rs of Repurposing Research with Michele Linn https://www.content10x.com/237/
7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume https://www.content10x.com/297/
B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Improve Your Interview Skills with Sarah Goff-Dupont

Thu, 20 Mar 2025 02:00:00 +0100

How do you find and book fantastic experts to interview? And how can you use expert interviews to create content that stands out?

To add value to our recent five-part miniseries on expert interviews, we’re bringing back a fantastic conversation from 2023 with Sarah Goff-Dupont, prev. Principal Writer for Work Life by Atlassian, executive ghostwriter, and public speaker.

Sarah delivered an insightful talk at Content Marketing World in 2022, Your Words, Not Mine: How (And Why) To Spice Up Your Content With Expert Interviews, which caught host Amy Wood’s attention – so much so that she invited her onto the podcast to dig deeper into the topic. In this episode, originally recorded in early 2023 but still just as useful today, Amy explores the art of expert interviews with Sarah, covering everything from preparation to execution and repurposing.

If you’ve been following our recent series, you’ll know we’re passionate about expert interviews and how they help create unique, high-value content. This episode ties in perfectly, providing a real-world perspective on how expert interviews are conducted in-house, why they’re so powerful, and how they open up a world of content opportunities.

Find out:

Why expert interviews are a great way to create standout content
How to find the right experts and get them to agree to an interview
The best way to prepare and conduct interviews
How to repurpose an interview into multiple pieces of valuable content

Important links & mentions:

Sarah Goff-Dupont on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarahgoffdupont/
Sarah on X: https://x.com/sarahgoffdupont/
Atlassian: https://www.atlassian.com/
The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews: https://www.content10x.com/video10x-exec/
Watch our Expert Interviews Miniseries on YouTube: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d5RjYsCkPsQb2CrmIRTauIL&feature=shared
Listen to our Expert Interviews Miniseries: https://player.captivate.fm/collection/e9615e3d-b2fe-4895-9329-11b8cdd449fd
The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy: https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Expert Interview Series Part 5: Answers to the Most-Asked Questions About Content-Generating Expert Interviews

Thu, 13 Mar 2025 02:00:00 +0100

In the final episode of our five-part series, host Amy Woods is joined once again by Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, to answer the most frequently asked questions about expert interviews.

From how long they should be to how to keep conversations on track, Amy and Hayley share practical advice to help you get the most from your expert interviews – so you can turn in-house expertise into high-value, impactful content.

Find out:

The ideal interview length (and why anything over an hour is a risk)
How often to run expert interviews and how to fit them into your content workflow
The biggest mistakes marketing teams make when interviewing experts – and how to avoid them
Why a relaxed, conversational approach leads to better expert interviews than a rigid Q&A
How expert interviews fit into your wider content strategy

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Expert Interview Series Part 4: How to Repurpose, Distribute & Maximize your Expert Interviews

Thu, 06 Mar 2025 02:00:00 +0100

In the fourth episode of our five-part miniseries, host Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, discuss ways you can repurpose expert interviews effectively.

They discuss how to reuse and reshape interviews for podcasts, blog posts, social media, and more, covering how to pick out key moments and keep things engaging across different formats.

Whether it’s short clips, written content, or a whole series, they talk through how to plan ahead and make repurposing simple, so you’re always getting the best return from your expert conversations that fuels your strategy for months.

Find out:

How to turn expert interviews into multiple content formats
Why they recommend short-form video
How to make the most of platforms like LinkedIn and YouTube Shorts
How distribution plays a role in maximizing reach and engagement
The importance of engagement – and why posting isn’t enough

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Expert Interview Series Part 3: How to Run an Expert Interview for Maximum Content ROI

Thu, 27 Feb 2025 02:00:00 +0100

You’ve done the prep, set the strategy, and picked the experts. Now it’s time to hit record!

But a great interview isn’t just about asking the right questions – it’s about creating the right environment for insightful conversations to happen.

In part three of this five-part series, host Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, walk through what it takes to run a smooth, engaging expert interview. They cover the key steps to help everyone involved feel at ease, manage the technical side of recording, and ensure you walk away with content you can actually use.

Find out:

Why pre-interview warm-ups make a big difference
The best way to handle tech checks (and why you shouldn’t skip them)
How to keep the conversation flowing while making sure you capture the right content
The key to getting content that doesn’t feel scripted
The role of a facilitator – and when to consider having one
How to wrap up effectively and get feedback that makes future interviews even better

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Expert Interview Series Part 2: How to Prepare for a Content Generating Expert Interview

Thu, 20 Feb 2025 02:00:00 +0100

The key to great expert interviews? It all starts with the right preparation.

In part two of our five-part series, host Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, break down how to plan, structure, and set-up expert interviews.

From selecting the right experts (and interviewers) to asking open-ended questions that lead to real insights, they share what it takes to set your interviews up for success – before you even hit record.

Amy and Hayley also explore how expert interviews fit into your content strategy and how upfront planning makes the whole process run smoother.

Find out:

How to align expert interviews with your content pillars and business goals
The two key ‘whos’ – who to interview and who should run the interview
Why choosing the right questions is just as important as choosing the right expert
How to help your interviewee feel prepared and confident with pre-interview prep
The must-do technical checklist: lighting, audio, internet speed, and more

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Expert Interview Series Part 1: How Expert Interviews Can Fuel Your Marketing Strategy

Thu, 13 Feb 2025 02:00:00 +0100

What if your best content is already within your team, waiting to be uncovered?

In this first episode of our five-part series, host Amy Woods is joined by Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, to discuss the power of expert interviews and how they unlock high-value content that AI can’t replicate.

Amy and Hayley break down what expert interviews are, why they work, and how they help B2B companies create truly authentic, people-focused content straight from the voices of their in-house experts.

Find out:

What expert interviews are and how they add depth to your content
Who is considered an ‘expert’ in an organization – and why it goes beyond the C-suite
How they bring authentic, people-focused stories to life
The many content opportunities expert interviews create (beyond just the interview itself)

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Create Content that AI Can't Create

Thu, 30 Jan 2025 02:00:00 +0100

The question on every B2B marketer’s mind: how do you compete with AI-generated content? And should you even try? We say no – rise above it.

Social feeds and Google search results are filling up with AI-generated content that is repetitive, uninspired, and simply low-quality. With the rise of commoditized content, it’s our job to create differentiated content and stand-out. In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, Host Amy Woods explores the types of content that only humans can create – content that’s authentic, nuanced, and impossible for AI to replicate. Plus, she shares how to repurpose your content for maximum impact.

Find out:

Why it’s important to create content that AI can’t create
The types of content B2B marketers should focus on
How to repurpose content and make it go further

Important links & mentions:

How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina www.content10x.com/322
B2B Content Marketing Trends & Predictions for 2025 www.content10x.com/321
7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume www.content10x.com/297
The 4 Rs of Repurposing Research with Michele Linn www.content10x.com/237
Livestream Repurposing: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly www.content10x.com/186
Why You Should Repurpose Your Livestream Videos with Matt Pierce www.content10x.com/176
How to Repurpose a Virtual Event with Mark Huber www.content10x.com/225
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina

Thu, 16 Jan 2025 02:00:00 +0100

What can 11 years of blogging data teach us about building a successful B2B blog content strategy? Amy Woods is joined by Andy Crestodina, Co-Founder and Chief Marketing Officer at Orbit Media, and the mastermind behind a highly regarded annual blogging survey that’s been running for over a decade. Andy shares some fascinating insights from the latest survey, exploring how blogging has changed, what successful content looks like today, and the steps bloggers (with a focus on B2B marketers) can take to overcome common challenges.

Find out:

The surprising trends from 11 years of blogging data
Why the most successful content mirrors the social media experience
Some of the biggest challenges bloggers face (like driving traffic)
How to adapt your content strategy for the rise of AI and generative search
Tips on how to optimize blog posts to attract and retain readers

Important links & mentions:

2024 Blogging Statistics: 11 years of Trends and Insights from 1000+ Bloggers https://www.orbitmedia.com/blog/blogging-statistics
Andy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/andycrestodina
Andy’s book: https://www.orbitmedia.com/about/content-chemistry (Content Chemistry: The Illustrated Handbook for Content Marketing)
How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn https://www.content10x.com/310
Optimizing Content for AI: Effective Repurposing Tactics https://www.content10x.com/311
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

B2B Content Marketing Trends & Predictions for 2025

Thu, 02 Jan 2025 02:00:00 +0100

Content marketing never stands still. New ideas, tools, and techniques appear weekly, which is why anticipating then taking advantage of developments is so important for marketers.

As we head into 2025, several developments look set to define the year, the most notable of which is AI. More and more content we read online is generated with the click of a button on a free generative AI tool, which is why originality and thought leadership have never been more valuable.

So what can we expect from the coming months, not just from AI but also in areas such as search, communities, platforms, and more?

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods looks into her crystal ball and shares her thoughts, ideas, and predictions for the year ahead.

Find out:

How marketers can benefit from the increased proliferation of AI-generated content
Why webinars and events may make a comeback in 2025
What the likely developments in LinkedIn, Slack, Discord, and ABM mean for marketers

Important links & mentions:

B2B Marketing Insights: What 2024 Taught Us About Content Marketing www.content10x.com/320
When Should You Use AI in Content Marketing (And When Should You Avoid It)? www.content10x.com/when-to-use-ai-in-content-marketing
10 Ways to Use AI to Create Authentic Content www.content10x.com/315
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.

Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

B2B Marketing Insights: What 2024 Taught Us About Content Marketing

Thu, 19 Dec 2024 02:00:00 +0100

2024 has been an exciting year for The Content 10x Podcast. We’ve had the privilege of speaking with incredible guests who’ve shared their expertise and experiences across some of the most talked-about topics in B2B content marketing. From the role of AI to creative strategies for repurposing content, this episode brings together some of the standout moments and actionable B2B marketing insights from the past year.

Join host Amy Woods as she revisits the themes that defined 2024, reflecting on the trends, tools, and strategies shaping the future of B2B marketing. This special end-of-year episode is packed with insights, ideas, and plenty of inspiration to carry into 2025. Settle in for a trip down memory lane with some of the best moments from the podcast this year!

Find out:

Key trends and developments that shaped B2B content marketing in 2024
How AI is transforming content creation and repurposing without losing the human touch
Practical advice for repurposing written content to maximize its reach and impact
Actionable B2B content repurposing strategies from leading industry experts

Important links & mentions:

The Changing Face of Marketing with Amanda Natividad www.content10x.com/308
Boost Your B2B Marketing with Data-Driven Personalization with Zontee Hou www.content10x.com/312
The Secrets of Digital First Marketing with Neal Schaffer www.content10x.com/316
How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray www.content10x.com/314
How to Use AI in Storytelling with Mike Allton www.content10x.com/318
7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume www.content10x.com/297
How to Repurpose A Year of LinkedIn Posts into an eBook with Liz Elfman www.content10x.com/299
Repurposing from Long to Short with Erica Schneider www.content10x.com/303
Boosting Content Velocity through Repurposing with Ashley Faus www.content10x.com/301
How to Maximize Content with a Small Team with Jess Cook www.content10x.com/302
Beyond Remixing: Strategic Content Repurposing for B2B with Chris Hutchins www.content10x.com/305
Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Human vs. AI: The Best Way to Repurpose Long-Form Videos for Social Media

Thu, 05 Dec 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Generative AI tools can be used for lots of aspects of content creation, from writing to creating images, but what about using AI to repurpose your long videos into short-form social media videos? Short, vertical videos have become increasingly important these days, especially with LinkedIn’s new video-only feed putting them front and center. In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods dives into the pros and cons of using AI tools for repurposing long-form videos into short-form videos for social media.

Find out:

How AI tools can save time and be cost-effective for helping you to repurpose videos for social media
The pitfalls of using generative AI tools for clip selection
What human editors provide that AI tools can’t when it comes to repurposing long-form video content

Important links & mentions:

AI vs Human Writing: Who Writes the Most Effective Content? www.content10x.com/ai-vs-human-writing
10 Ways to Use AI to Create Authentic Content www.content10x.com/315
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Use AI in Storytelling with Mike Allton

Thu, 21 Nov 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Ever wondered how storytelling can transform your marketing strategy? In this episode, Amy Woods chats with Mike Allton, Chief Storyteller at Agorapulse, to uncover the secrets behind compelling brand and customer narratives and the powerful role of AI in storytelling.

Discover:

How storytelling can strengthen your brand and foster community engagement
The ways Agorapulse integrates storytelling into customer communication
How AI supports Mike in brainstorming, creating story frameworks, and managing six podcasts
The importance of choosing the right storytelling framework beyond just the hero's journey
The fine line between automation and creativity, and how to avoid the pitfalls of over-reliance on AI
Ways AI can help analyze and improve your storytelling by identifying missing elements
Mike's current preferences for AI tools in copywriting (Claude) vs. research/strategy (ChatGPT)
The evolution of AI language models to incorporate more reasoning and evaluation
The critical role of well-crafted prompts in getting quality AI output for business and marketing use cases

Important links & mentions:

The Social Media Hat thesocialmediahat.com/connect
Mike on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/mikeallton/
How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray www.content10x.com/314
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Effective Content Repurposing for Search, Email, and Social Media Success

Thu, 07 Nov 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Are you struggling to get found through your content? We dive into the art of effective content repurposing, exploring how it can transform your content strategy across search, email, and social media.

In a world where people search for information everywhere—from Google and Instagram to TikTok and generative AI tools—having a robust content strategy is more crucial than ever.

Join host Amy Woods to discuss the importance of search, email, and social media, and how they can help you effectively connect with your audience. Discover how you can turn your long-form content into valuable resources for your email subscribers and social media followers, ensuring you stay top-of-mind and drive meaningful engagement.

Find out:

The importance of having content on your website and relevant social platforms
Why email is essential for nurturing leads
How social should complement your search and email strategies
How to create pillar content (blogs, webinars, podcasts) that serves as a base for your content strategy
Ways to break down long-form content into engaging email segments and social media posts
How effective content repurposing can streamline your content creation process, saving time while maximizing reach

Important links & mentions:

The Secrets of Digital First Marketing with Neal Schaffer www.content10x.com/316
How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
Optimizing Content for AI: Effective Repurposing Tactics www.content10x.com/311
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

The Secrets of Digital First Marketing with Neal Schaffer

Thu, 24 Oct 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Ever feel like keeping up with the constantly shifting world of digital-first marketing can feel overwhelming? Neal Schaffer, Fractional CMO, author and speaker, offers a refreshing perspective on how to weave together the essential components of effective marketing.

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods dives deep with Neal into his latest book, Digital Threads, where he outlines a practical framework for businesses to implement big brand strategies on a budget. Discover how the SES framework—Search, Email, and Social Media—can transform your marketing approach and help you build meaningful relationships with your audience.

Find out:

The six containers of digital marketing
Strategies for search, email, and social media marketing - aka the SES Framework
How to get the maximum ROI from social media

Important links & mentions:

Digital Threads https://nealschaffer.com/free-preview-ebook-digital-threads/
Neal on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/nealschaffer/
How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray www.content10x.com/314
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

10 Ways to Use AI to Create Authentic Content

Thu, 10 Oct 2024 02:00:00 +0100

How do you use AI to create authentic content? AI is being integrated into every aspect of our working lives as content marketers. Especially with content creation and repurposing. In many ways it’s fantastic, but there are risks when you take it too far and end up stripping out the human element of your content.

No one wants their B2B content to sound robotic and unimaginative, so how do you use AI to improve your systems and processes while still producing human-led high-quality content? In this episode, we look at 10 ways to use AI while keeping your content authentic.

Find out:

Tips for keeping content human in the age of AI
Types of content to use AI for
The importance of conducting a human edit and avoiding AI-tells
How to use AI for copy reviews and routine tasks
Why you should emphasize storytelling and incorporate human touchpoints
Why it’s important to engage with your audience in real time
How to stay updated on AI developments

Important links & mentions:

How to Win with Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray www.content10x.com/314
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray

Thu, 26 Sep 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Gen AI tools are having an impact on B2B marketing – sometimes good, sometimes bad, sometimes ugly!

In this episode, host Amy Woods is joined by Ian Anderson Gray to explore using AI when creating and optimizing content.

They talk about:

The best tools and what they can help to streamline, such as ChatGPT, Descript, and Notion
The benefits, and ethical implications, of various gen AI tools
The importance of maintaining a human touch while leveraging AI for efficiency
Creating custom AI assistants tailored for business consultations and content generation
The future of content marketing and the all-important balance between automated functional content and the irreplaceable human touch

Important links & mentions:

How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
Ian on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/ianandersongray
Ian's website https://iag.me
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Dangers of Using AI in Content Marketing

Thu, 12 Sep 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Did you know that AI tools can inadvertently produce content that infringes on copyrights and trademarks?

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods unpacks some of the legal and ethical ramifications of using generative AI for content creation in B2B marketing.

Amy discusses crucial aspects such as copyright and trademark infringement, the user's legal responsibility for AI-generated content, and ethical considerations. She also highlights the importance of understanding the terms and conditions of AI tools, cites real-world examples, and provides advice on protecting your brand and intellectual property – it should be noted that Amy is not providing legal advice in this episode, she is simply trying to open eyes to some of the legal implications of using gen AI.

Find out:

Some of the ways that AI is being used by marketing teams
The legal and ethical considerations of creating and sharing AI-generated content
And how important it is to protect your brand and your IP in the AI world we now live in

Important links & mentions:

Boost Your B2B Marketing with Data-Driven Personalization with Zontee Hou www.content10x.com/312
Optimizing Content for AI: Effective Repurposing Tactics www.content10x.com/311
How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Boost Your B2B Marketing with Data-Driven Personalization with Zontee Hou

Thu, 29 Aug 2024 02:00:00 +0100

How do marketing and business leaders build a competitive advantage? Everyone wants their brand to stand out from the crowd and to reach their customers in a way that they find rewarding, relevant, and impactful. And research shows that customers' expectations are for a highly personalized, relevant experience that doesn’t waste their time.

In this episode, host Amy Woods welcomes Zontee Hou, Managing Director of our fantastic client Convince & Convert, speaker and advisor, author of Data-Driven Personalization, and host of the Data-Driven Decisions limited-series podcast, onto the show to share her expertise on how marketing leaders can harness data to create highly relevant and impactful customer experiences.

Zontee also discusses the various types of marketing data, including demographics, behavioral data, psychographics, and technographics. She provides compelling examples to illustrate how data-driven personalization can lead to more effective marketing campaigns and stronger customer loyalty and talks us through the process of not only collecting data, but analyzing it to deliver meaningful marketing experiences while maintaining customer trust.

Find out:

The importance of data-driven personalization
Types of marketing data that can be utilized
Common pitfalls in data-driven marketing

Important links & mentions:

Data-Driven Personalization https://zonteehou.com/datadrivenpersonalization/
Data-Driven Decisions https://www.convinceandconvert.com/podcasts/shows/data-driven-decisions/
Convince & Convert Newsletter https://www.convinceandconvert.com/newsletter/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Optimizing Content for AI: Effective Repurposing Tactics

Thu, 15 Aug 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Are you optimizing your content for AI-powered search? In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods explores the changes to B2B marketing strategy since the rise of generative AI.

Amy discusses how AI is changing search behavior and talks through nine strategic and tactical tips for building B2B brand awareness and mindshare with gen AI tools.

This episode also touches on the balance between quality and quantity in content creation and how repurposing can help achieve both.

Find out:

Why (maybe) your brand should be everywhere
Tactical tips for building brand awareness with AI
How repurposing can help

Important links & mentions:

How to win at gen AI search with Christopher Penn https://www.content10x.com/win-at-gen-ai-search/
Why being everywhere isn’t the goal of content repurposing https://www.content10x.com/being-everywhere-content-repurposing/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn

Thu, 01 Aug 2024 02:00:00 +0100

What impact is generative AI having on search behaviors and how is that affecting the way we approach content marketing in the B2B space?

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods speaks to Christopher Penn, who is the Co-Founder and Chief Data Scientist at Trust Insights, an organization that helps companies collect data so they can make better decisions. Together they discuss the rapidly evolving landscape of generative AI search behaviors and their impact on content marketing.

Christopher shares insights into how search engines are powered by AI to deliver the snippet answers that appear at the top of SERPs (Search Engine Results Page). More and more people tend to go to the gen AI tools like ChatGPT and Perplexity for information and answers. All of this is changing the dynamics of content visibility and traffic.

Christopher highlights the need to create 'the most best content' and adopt a multi-channel distribution strategy to ensure brand prominence.

He also provides actionable advice on utilizing AI in content marketing, including understanding training data, leveraging SEO, and a framework for assessing tasks suitable for AI.

Find out:

The impact of gen AI on search traffic
How to train gen AI to recognize your brand
The importance of repurposing content to maximize reach

Important links & mentions:

Trust Insights https://www.trustinsights.ai/
Trust Insights' 5P Framework https://www.trustinsights.ai/blog/2024/03/why-change-management-the-trust-insights-approach/
Christopher on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/cspenn/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Use Reddit in B2B Content Marketing

Thu, 18 Jul 2024 02:00:00 +0100

With more than 100,000 active communities, Reddit is a vast and often untapped resource for B2B marketers. And so, in this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods dives into its potential as a tool for B2B marketing.

Discover the fundamentals of Reddit, from the unique structure of subreddits to its voting system that brings the most popular content to the forefront. Learn why B2B marketers should consider Reddit for targeted audience engagement, real-time market research, thought leadership, and even lead generation. Amy also shares insights from a previous episode with Amanda Natividad of SparkToro, highlighting how Reddit's niche communities offer unparalleled insights into audience interests and concerns.

Tune in to discover how to turn Reddit into a powerful component of your B2B marketing strategy.

Find out:

How Reddit is used
Why it’s useful for B2B marketers
Best practices for B2B marketers on Reddit

Important links & mentions:

The changing face of marketing with Amanda Natividad https://www.content10x.com/the-changing-face-of-marketing/
Boosting content velocity through repurposing with Ashley Faus https://www.content10x.com/boosting-content-velocity/
How to maximize content with a small team with Jess Cook https://www.content10x.com/maximize-content-with-small-teams/
Our consulting and strategy services https://www.content10x.com/consulting-and-strategy/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners with B2B marketing teams to help them get more out of their content.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

The Changing Face of Marketing with Amanda Natividad

Thu, 04 Jul 2024 02:00:00 +0100

What’s happened in the world of zero-click content and audience research since Amanda Natividad, VP of Marketing at SparkToro, was last on The Content 10x Podcast?

In this episode, host Amy Woods welcomes Amanda back to find out about that and much more.

Amanda explains a bit about SparkToro, an audience research tool, that reveals critical insights about an audience's preferred websites, social accounts, podcasts, YouTube channels, and even search keywords. She explains their recent improvements and how B2B marketers can leverage these insights to enhance their marketing strategies.

Amanda delves into the core idea of zero-click content, which focuses on providing standalone value in native social media platform posts without requiring users to click away. She shares practical examples and how it has become essential for increasing social media engagement and retention.

The discussion also explores the implications of AI on search behavior and audience research, emphasizing the need for marketers to adapt and stay updated with changing marketing trends.

Find out:

How to conduct audience research
What’s happened in the world of zero-click content
The impact of AI on search behavior

Important links & mentions:

SparkTogether event https://sparktoro.com/sparktogether/
Amanda on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amandanat/
Exploring Zero Click Content with Amanda Natividad https://www.content10x.com/exploring-content-amanda-natividad/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

10 Ways to Repurpose Your Webinar

Thu, 20 Jun 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Webinar content is just crying out to be repurposed! So, in this episode of the Content 10X Podcast, host Amy Woods shares 10 practical strategies for repurposing a webinar to maximize ROI.

Amy discusses the benefits of webinars for B2B marketing strategies and dives into methods like creating on-demand videos, thought leadership social posts, YouTube videos, podcast episodes, blog posts, carousels, keynote talks, short social videos, industry publication articles, and eBooks.

Tune in to learn how to extend the value of your webinars and reach a broader audience.

Find out:

Why webinars are great for B2B marketing
10 ways to repurpose your webinar content
The benefits of repurposing your webinar

Important links & mentions:

Consulting and strategy services https://www.content10x.com/consulting-and-strategy/
How to repurpose a talk into a webinar https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-talk-to-webinar/
Our webinar page https://www.content10x.com/webinars/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose a Talk into a Webinar

Thu, 06 Jun 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Do you have a plan for your talk other than delivering it on a stage – be it at a live event or a virtual stage? Because although one great keynote can be delivered over and over, there are other ways it can be repurposed.

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods focuses on the process of transforming talks into engaging webinars. She shares her experience of recently repurposing one of her keynotes into a webinar. She also looks at the benefits, including amplifying your reach and increasing opportunity for audience engagement.

Throughout this episode, you’ll hear practical tips and insightful strategies for seamlessly repurposing your talk into a webinar whether it’s a talk to a large audience at an event, or a small presentation internally to colleagues.

Find out:

Why repurposing a talk into a webinar is effective
What the benefits are
Tips on how to repurpose your talk into a webinar

Important links & mentions:

Our webinar on demand https://www.content10x.com/webinars/
Sign up to the Content 10x Insider https://www.content10x.com/newsletter/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Beyond Remixing: Strategic Content Repurposing for B2B with Chris Hutchins

Thu, 23 May 2024 02:00:00 +0100

How do you decide what content to repurpose? What is the best type of content to repurpose? What are some of the biggest misconceptions about content repurposing? These are just some of the questions we get into with our guest on this episode, Chris Hutchins from 6sense.

Chris shares his insights on why long-form content is powerful for repurposing in B2B marketing. He emphasizes the value of remixing content to maximize return on investment and enhance team efficiencies. Chris also delves into practical strategies for content repurposing.

The episode also explores challenges and best practices in measuring the impact of content repurposing, with Chris offering candid insights into the difficulties of quantification beyond traditional metrics. You’ll also hear innovative ways to approach content creation and repurposing, focusing on strategic planning, team collaboration, and leveraging technological advancements.

This is the third and final episode in our B2B marketing leaders mini-series with Chris, Ashley Faus, and Jess Cook.

Find out:

Why long-form written content is the best type of content to repurpose
The power of generative AI to help with repurposing
Why you need a repurposing process

Important links & mentions:

6Sense https://6sense.com/
Boosting content velocity through repurposing with Ashley Faus https://www.linkedin.com/in/jchutchinswriter/
How to maximize content with a small team with Jess Cook https://www.linkedin.com/in/jchutchinswriter/
Chris on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/jchutchinswriter/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

LinkedIn Algorithm Insights 2024: What You Need to Know

Thu, 09 May 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Need a little helping hand when it comes to creating content for LinkedIn? We’ve all been there. It continues to be the fastest-growing platform and has the potential to have a major impact on your brand and your company, not to mention your career trajectory.

So when the annual Algorithm Insights report from Richard van der Blom and his team at Just Connecting gets released, we pay close attention. It’s always eye-opening to see what we can do to help our client’s content and boost our own while uncovering new ways repurposing content can help us reach our objectives for the platform. So we’ve pulled out some of the key insights and have broken them down in this episode.

Curious to know how repurposing can help your LinkedIn content strategy? This episode is for you…

Find out:

What we consider to be the biggest insights in the report
What they mean for repurposing your content on LinkedIn
Specific changes you should know about

Important links & mentions:

Repurposing from Long to Short with Erica Schneider https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-long-to-short/
Algorithm Insights Report 2024 https://richardvanderblom.gumroad.com/l/Algorithm-Insights-2024
Why LinkedIn carousels are perfect for repurposing https://www.content10x.com/why-linkedin-carousels-are-perfect-for-repurposing/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Repurposing from Long to Short with Erica Schneider

Thu, 25 Apr 2024 02:00:00 +0100

How do you turn your long-form written content into short, snappy, social media content? This is a question that Erica Schneider realized people needed help to answer, and so she collaborated with an AI prompt writer and they created a course called Long to Short in which they help people understand how to turn a piece of pillar content into multiple social posts.

Erica is an editing coach, course creator, and founder of Cut the Fluff, which offers training and coaching to entrepreneurs and executives looking to grow their organic presence. She is also a successful LinkedIn and X contributor and we wanted to get her on the show to talk about her systems and processes for repurposing, her secret to writing awesome hooks, building a powerful personal brand, and leveraging AI for content creation, among other things!

In this episode, Erica talks to host Amy Woods about all of that. She also shares her journey from freelance writer to head of content to entrepreneur. Plus, how she stays up-to-date on social trends…

Find out:

How to identify the best points in your long-form content to repurpose
The top tips for writing excellent LinkedIn posts
Why commenting is so important to building a personal brand

Important links & mentions:

Erica’s Long to Short course https://long-to-short.com/
Erica on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-schneider66/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Maximize Content with a Small Team with Jess Cook

Thu, 11 Apr 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Welcome to the second episode of our mini-series featuring B2B marketing experts spilling the beans on their content repurposing strategies, hacks, and eye-roll moments!

We are talking to the brilliant Jess Cook in this episode. Jess is the Head of Content and Comms at Island and she featured on our sister podcast B2B Content Strategist where she spoke about how content repurposing helps her small team look big. We want to delve deeper into this, and on this episode Jess talks about how, with a small team, she’s very specific about what they repurpose and how that helps target that C-level audience they want to reach.

She also shares some of the unexpected results she has seen from repurposing, big misconceptions and she gives us her top tip for repurposing with a small team. It’s a great conversation!

Find out:

The big benefits of content repurposing for a small team
How to focus your team on what’s important when it comes to repurposing
Why you should choose one channel and dominate before expanding

Important links & mentions:

Jess on B2B Content Strategist https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Jess on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/jesscook-contentmarketing/
Ashley Faus on The Content 10x Podcast https://content10x.captivate.fm/episode/boosting-content-velocity-through-repurposing-with-ashley-faus
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Boosting Content Velocity through Repurposing with Ashley Faus

Thu, 28 Mar 2024 02:00:00 +0100

This is the first episode of our B2B expert mini-series featuring B2B marketing leaders all talking in-depth about their content repurposing strategies, tips and advice.

In this episode, host Amy Woods is talking to Ashley Faus, Head of Lifecycle Marketing, Portfolio at Atlassian. Ashley appeared on our sister podcast, B2B Content Strategist and in that conversation they touched on content repurposing, so this time around it was an opportunity to dive much deeper into Ashley’s broad expertise on the topic.

She shares her ‘favorite’ types of content to repurpose (SPOILER: LinkedIn comments and presentation slides!) Both provide plenty of excellent content she can use across multichannel marketing strategies.

She talks about common misconceptions when it comes to repurposing, what she means by ‘content velocity’, and why it’s so important that marketing teams lean into AI.

Find out:

Why Ashley loves repurposing presentation slides
What is content velocity
How to repurpose LinkedIn comments

Important links & mentions:

Ashley on B2B Content Strategist https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Ashley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/ashleyfaus/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

3 Lessons Learned & 3 Mistakes to Avoid From 300 Episodes

Thu, 14 Mar 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Welcome to a milestone episode of The Content 10x Podcast – episode 300! We are thrilled to have journeyed through 300 episodes with you. Together we’ve explored content repurposing strategies every which way, heard from fascinating marketing leaders and we’re just getting started!

To mark this landmark episode, host Amy Woods is reflecting on the benefits of B2B podcasting, invaluable lessons learned and inevitable mistakes to be aware of, whether you’re on episode 3 or 300!

Amy also delves into three top tips discovered through experience, which have proved to be invaluable time and time again. Tune in as she shares knowledge gained over hundreds of podcast episodes, to empower you on your own B2B podcasting journey. This podcast episode is valuable whether you have a podcast or not, many of the tips and advice shared are relatable for all content creators.

Find out:

3 benefits of the podcast that we have seen
3 mistakes to avoid
3 tips for embarking on a B2B podcast

Important links & mentions:

7 Reasons Why Your Marketing Strategy Needs Episodic Content https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/
Knowing When Enough is Enough https://www.content10x.com/content-marketing-with-robert-rose/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose A Year of LinkedIn Posts into an eBook with Liz Elfman

Thu, 29 Feb 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Have you ever experienced the frustration of seeing your brand’s most engaging social media content disappear far too quickly at the whim of the algorithms? We’ve all been there. As a marketer, you want to capture these fleeting moments of engagement and transform them into lasting assets. So in this episode we spoke to a marketing leader who did just that!

Liz Elfman, Director of Content Marketing at data.world joins The Content 10x Podcast to talk about how she repurposed a year’s worth of LinkedIn posts into an eBook.

Host Amy Woods talks Liz through the process, from the initial moment she recognized that she had something of value that needed to be maximized, right through to how she organized the posts into a cohesive eBook, how AI helped with the process and why repurposing short-form content into long-form can be so effective…

Find out:

What made these LinkedIn posts unique and engaging
How she went about organizing them into an eBook
The ways that AI helped in the process

Important links & mentions:

Liz on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/elizabethelfman/
Data.world https://data.world/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Repurposing Long-Form Content: 5 Ways to Plan Ahead

Thu, 15 Feb 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Creating a piece of long-form B2B content and want to get the maximum ROI from it? You’re in the right place! Because in this episode we share how to plan your repurposing before you sit down to create the content.

Long-form B2B content is rich with repurposing opportunities, from thought leadership-style LinkedIn posts, to stand alone industry insights, expert interviews and even short, engaging videos for social media. But how do you know what’s right for your audience, what will get you the most engagement and ultimately, what will provide the most value?

Hear host Amy Woods talk through tips for prep plus her top five ways to repurpose long-form B2B content.

Find out:

What to consider before you create your long-form content
How to structure content so it repurposes well
5 ways you can plan to repurpose your long-form content

Important links & mentions:

Daniel Plume on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/daniel-plume-content-strategy-marketing/
How to Avoid Link Dumping https://www.content10x.com/effectively-sharing-links/
7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume https://www.content10x.com/transform-your-b2b-report/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume

Thu, 01 Feb 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Editing and developing a repurposing plan for a long, complex B2B marketing report could be an excruciating process, but it doesn’t have to be. Not if you have a tried and tested set of steps to go through that you know are going to get you to that perfect end-result on deadline! What are those steps?

That’s what Content Marketing Strategist Daniel Plume is here to share on this episode of The Content 10x Podcast. He had a 55-page B2B marketing report delivered by a client with the brief to edit and repurpose and he talks us through his 7-step process for doing just that.

Host Amy Woods asks Daniel to explain each step and why it’s so important not to get ahead of yourself too early, plus the most important step to take before doing that all important final edit.

Find out:

What you HAVE to do before you pick up the red pen
How to extract the value
How to repurpose a B2B marketing report

Important links & mentions:

Daniel on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/daniel-plume-content-strategy-marketing/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
The best way to repurpose content: Long-form to short-form and visa versa https://www.content10x.com/the-best-way-to-repurpose-content-long-form-to-short-form-or-vice-versa/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Avoid Link Dumping: Tips on Thoughtful & Effective Link Sharing

Thu, 18 Jan 2024 02:00:00 +0100

Content marketing is about getting as many of the right eyes on your content as possible, making a connection, and building trust. You need people to be spending time reading your blog posts, downloading your research papers, and signing up to your webinars and newsletters. It can be infuriating when the platform algorithms make it so darn difficult to get our links to our content in front of potential clients and customers.

We don’t add value if we just dump links, but there are thoughtful and effective ways that you can share your important links, without alienating your audience and being punished by the algorithms.

In the second co-hosted episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods and Marketing Manager Jason Morton unpack link dumping, what it means, why it’s a big no-no, and how to share links in a way that adds to your posts, rather than is the purpose of your post.

Find out:

What link dumping is (and how to tell if you’re doing it!)
The impacts of link dumping
How to avoid it and what to do instead

Important links & mentions:

Why you should create content with vs for your audience https://www.content10x.com/create-content-with-your-audience/
How to create a content brand with John Bonini https://www.content10x.com/create-a-content-brand/
Exploring zero click content with Amanda Natividad https://www.content10x.com/exploring-content-amanda-natividad/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Why You Should Create Content WITH vs FOR Your Audience

Thu, 04 Jan 2024 02:00:00 +0100

The key to a good marketing campaign is content that your audience can relate to and identify with. But what are some of the best strategies to help you achieve this connection?

In this episode, host Amy Woods teams up with Content 10x Marketing Manager, Jason Morton, to chat about how you can create content with (rather than just for) your audience. They discuss how you can empower your audience to become the source of the content you create, instead of guessing what they care about and are challenged by.

Market research is the part of the marketing budget that gets cut first, and the impact of this isn’t seen until the campaign doesn’t connect the way it was meant to. So, Amy and Jason break down how to put your audience at the center of your content marketing and the benefits of this approach.

Find out:

What it means to create content with vs for your audience
The benefits of creating content for your audience
Examples of how B2B businesses can do this

Important links & mentions:

8 Ways to Find out What your Audience Wants https://www.content10x.com/8-ways-to-find-out-what-your-audience-wants/
Content Distribution & Avoiding Assumptions About your Audience https://www.content10x.com/content-distribution/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Choose the Best Type of Pillar Content for your Brand

Thu, 14 Dec 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Whether you call it core content, anchor content or pillar content, the concept is the same. It’s the long-form content that feeds all the other content you create. Having one main type of pillar content can be effective because you can focus on perfecting it and distributing it consistently. You also free up time and expertise to repurpose it, meaning nothing goes to waste.

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, join host Amy Woods as she discusses the benefits of having one type of pillar content for your brand, choosing the best type for you and your team, and why it means less boring content!

Find out:

What is pillar content?
Why it’s beneficial to focus on one medium
How to choose the best type of anchor content for your team

Important links & mentions:

How to Create a Content Brand with John Bonini https//www.content10x.com/293
7 Reasons Why Your Marketing Strategy Needs Episodic Content https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/
Is There a Best Type of Content to Repurpose? https://www.content10x.com/is-there-a-best-type-of-content-to-repurpose/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Create a Content Brand with John Bonini

Thu, 30 Nov 2023 02:00:00 +0100

All brands publish content, but there are those brands that publish content that’s so good and so helpful that it builds its own tribe of loyal followers. People that follow and share the content and recommend the products or services, without necessarily having purchased or used it themselves. The content is so convincing that they don’t need to! Can you think of any brands that produce content like that?

John Bonini, founder of Some Good Content, calls these ‘content brands’ and in this episode of The Content 10x Podcast he joins host Amy Woods to dive deeper into what elements work together to create a content brand, and why optimizing for algorithms is not a long-term win.

John is highly regarded in the world of B2B marketing, specifically in the SaaS space. He was Head of Marketing at Databox until August 2023, and he’s now struck out on his own as a consultant helping B2B SaaS companies establish and grow their content brand.

In this episode, they also talk about the importance of having an ‘anchor medium’ in your content strategy and how to determine what the best anchor medium is for you and your team, as well as diving into the big no-no that is link-dumping!

Find out:

Good examples of content brands and how they’re created
Why choosing the right anchor medium is so important
How to tell if you’re link dumping

Important links & mentions:

Some Good Content https://www.somegoodcontent.com/
The Some Good Content Newsletter https://www.somegoodcontent.com/newsletter
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Create Super Shareable Content by Repurposing

Thu, 16 Nov 2023 02:00:00 +0100

It’s great when your team members share your company content with their audiences. But how do you create content that they actually want to amplify?

We share content that we relate to. We share content that shows off our expertise, makes us look intelligent, funny, or aligned with a group or movement. It’s human nature to what to show off our best side, so in this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods looks at the type of content that can be repurposed for employee advocacy… with a repurposing spin!

Find out:

What employee advocacy is and how to get employees’ buy in
The types of B2B content that can be repurposed for employee advocacy
What to consider when creating B2B content you’d like your employees to amplify

Important links & mentions:

How You Employees Can Amplify Your Content with Bradley Keenan https://www.content10x.com/amplify-your-content-with-bradley-keenan/
Why Do People Share Your Content? https://www.content10x.com/why-do-people-share-your-content/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Why Do People Share Your Content?

Thu, 02 Nov 2023 02:00:00 +0100

The science behind why people share content is one that could be debated ad nauseam. But, as with all things that involve the human psyche, there are no hard and fast rules that will guarantee a viral post, (if only!).

However, there are a few tricks that, when applied in the right context at the right time, work together to make your organization’s content more shareable and in turn, your employees more amenable to amplifying your message and getting your content in front of a wider, already interested audience.

In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods relooks at some of the brilliant insights that came up in her conversation with Bradley Keenan, Founder of DSMN8, in episode 290 and dissects some of the ways we can make our content more appealing and relatable for our employees.

Find out:

Why people share content
The golden rules when creating sharable content
How to create B2B marketing content employees want to share

Important links & mentions:

How Your Employees Can Amplify Your Content https://www.content10x.com/amplify-your-content-with-bradley-keenan/
Bradley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/bradleykeenan/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How Your Employees Can Amplify Your Content with Bradley Keenan

Thu, 19 Oct 2023 02:00:00 +0100

More and more, employee advocacy is becoming a niche marketing tool that businesses are utilizing to extend the reach of their content. But there is a right way and a wrong way to go about it, says Bradley Keenan, Founder and CEO of DSMN8.

The world have moved away from what Bradley describes as ‘”employee advocacy 1.0”, where the company just use the employees to get their content out there. There is now a focus on social enablement – empowering individuals who have an interest in being active on social, to be good at it.

Bradley joins host Amy Woods on this episode of The Content 10x Podcast to chat about the rise of employee advocacy, mistakes that business owners often make when trying to get employees to share their content, how to go about it the right way and why it works so well when you do.

Find out:

Good employee advocacy vs bad
Content that works well for this purpose
How to use employee advocacy to improve recruitment activity

Important links & mentions:

Bradley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/bradleykeenan/
Bradley’s book https://dsmn8.com/employee-advocacy-book/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

3 Things to Consider When Updating Your Content Strategy

Thu, 05 Oct 2023 02:00:00 +0100

In the super fast-paced world of content creation it’s easy to get caught up in the cycle of producing the same content (again and again) without pausing to assess its impact and relevance.

Not to suggest that you are chucking out content willy nilly without consideration of course! However, it’s easy to get stuck in a tried and tested formula and allow the years to slip by, without occasionally taking a step back and saying ‘hey, is this even working.’

In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, we look at the key considerations when updating your content strategy and host Amy Woods reveals some of the main changes that we’re making to ours.

Find out:

How to go about reviewing your content outputs
Some of the changes we’re making since reviewing ours
Why we’ve decided to make these changes

Important links & mentions:

The Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
3 Ways to Review your Content Strategy (and Big Changes since Reviewing ours) https://www.content10x.com/review-your-content-strategy/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

7 Reasons Why Your Marketing Strategy Needs Episodic Content

Thu, 21 Sep 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Could an episodic approach to content completely transform your business?

In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, we dive into the world of episodic content strategy and it’s many benefits. If you've been creating content consistently and seeing results, then you're on the right track. But if you've been throwing content against the wall, hoping it sticks, it's time to rethink your approach.

Consistency, quality, and distribution are the three keys to a successful content strategy. And episodic content is the sweet spot that brings these pillars together. In this episode, we explore why episodic content is the game-changer you need to take your business to the next level.

Tune in as we discuss the power of a driven and strategic approach to content creation, and how episodic content can help grow your business. Don't miss out on this valuable insight that could transform your content strategy and boost your business's success. Let's dive in!

Listen to find out:

What constitutes episodic content
Why episodic content is better than ‘random acts of content’
7 benefits of episodic content

Important links & mentions:

The Profound Influence of Time and Tequila with Jay Baer https://www.content10x.com/time-and-tequila-with-jay-baer/
How Content Repurposing Can Help you Win the Zero Moment of Truth https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

3 Ways to Repurpose User-Generated Content & Build Trust

Thu, 07 Sep 2023 02:00:00 +0100

User generated content (UGC) is a badge of trust! When your customers or clients become your advocates and share their authentic experiences with your product or service, it boosts credibility and trust among potential buyers or clients, it humanizes your brand, and reinforces the idea that it’s a community where real people enjoy real benefits.

Basically… it’s gold!

So how can you make the most of this marketing gold? Sure, you can reshare but there are so many other ways that you can maximize the impact of UGC through repurposing. In this episode host Amy Woods talks about different types of user-generated content and provides 3 epics ways to repurpose it for B2B.

Find out:

What is user-generated content
Why it’s good for repurposing
3 ways you can repurpose it for B2B

Important links & mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Repurposing Strategies for Every Stage of the Marketing Funnel

Thu, 24 Aug 2023 02:00:00 +0100

The marketing funnel helps to visualize how your content should speak to your potential clients. Populating a funnel with highly-effective content can be challenging. But through repurposing you can create on-message content, for all the stages that your audience are at.

In this episode, host Amy Woods share the 3-step repurposing strategy that drills down into each stage of the marketing funnel and how to find inspiration for impactful content. She also looks at the marketing funnel as a whole, how you can use it to structure your content marketing approach, and tips for creating content for every stage.

Find out about:

Each stage of the marketing funnel
Which content format works best for each stage
How to create and repurpose content to populate your marketing funnel faster

Important Links & Mentions

The blog post: https://www.content10x.com/286
6 Ways to Repurpose Client Case Studies https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-your-client-case-studies/
Our book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

The Profound Influence of Time...and Tequila with Jay Baer

Thu, 10 Aug 2023 02:00:00 +0100

What makes someone choose your competitor’s product or service instead of yours?

The truth is, more often than not we think it’s because of price, but the most recent research done by business growth expert, speaker, author and tequila influencer, Jay Baer, in his national research study – The Time To Win – shows that it’s not price as much as we think… It’s speed and responsiveness.

In the latest episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods talks with our friend and returning guest, Jay Baer about his new study and how the findings could help change businesses for the better. They also dive into in Jay’s success as a tequila influencer and why his background as a marketer helped him to stand out, build an audience at rapid pace, and break into that highly competitive market.

Find out:

Why now is the time to win
The most impatient (and patient) generation – and other fascinating findings from Jay’s research
How Jay found massive success in a niche field and differences between B2B and B2C

Important links & mentions:

The Time to Win – The Consumer Patience Study
The Time To Win book
Jay’s Tequila website
Jay on TikTok
Our book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Content Distribution & Avoiding Assumptions About Your Audience

Thu, 27 Jul 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Not that we needed another reminder about how important it is to repurpose our content, but brace yourselves! The Cumulus Media and Signal Hill Insights’ Podcast Download Spring 2023 Report has landed and it’s findings have done just that.

In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods looks at some of the most surprising statistics that came out of this highly-reputable industry report, and why these findings emphasize the importance of repurposing your content (podcast or not, this applies across to all content creators). Plus get top tips on repurposing your podcast for YouTube and social media platforms.

Find out:

Interesting findings from the Podcast Download Spring 2023 Report
What they mean for the reach and distribution of your podcast content
Why we need to think laterally when distributing our content

Important links & mentions:

The Cumulus Media and Signal Hill Insights’ Podcast Download Spring 2023 Report
How to repurpose your podcast for YouTube
Amy’s book - Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

7 Ways to Elevate Internal Comms with Powerful Customer Stories

Thu, 13 Jul 2023 02:00:00 +0100

While it's great interviewing your clients and customers to develop case studies and testimonials for external marketing purposes, it’s equally important to share this information with your own team.

These stories can be powerful content, and your employees should be seeing them too. Not only when they click on your website, but have them presented in a way that addresses them as team members and partners all working towards the same goals.

In this episode of the Content 10x podcast, host Amy Woods looks at the benefits of sharing customer stories internally (the good one and even the not so good ones!) Plus, seven engaging ways to do it.

Find out:

Why it’s important to repurpose customer stories internally
What can be learned from customer stories
7 ways to repurpose customer stories for internal communication

Important links & mentions:

6 ways to repurpose your client case studies https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-your-client-case-studies/
Our case studies page https://www.content10x.com/case-studies/
Content 10x https://www.content10x.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

3 Ways to Repurpose Content for Business Development and Sales

Thu, 29 Jun 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Reaching out to potential leads, nurturing prospects, and reconnecting with past clients can be tiresome and often quite daunting. However, in this episode of the Content 10x Podcast host Amy Woods introduces a refreshing approach that goes well beyond the typical “just checking in” emails.

By providing valuable and useful information that grabs attention, you can transform your outreach efforts and improve your chances of success.

We look at 3 strategies for switching up the way you use content in order to enhance your business development and aid the sales process.

Find out:

How to reach out to prospects and leads with valuable content
What type of content works well in business development
How to repurpose content to nurture leads

Important links & mentions:

Our case studies https://www.content10x.com/case-studies/
Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Winning Link Building Strategies with Alan Silvestri

Thu, 15 Jun 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Sound link building skills are an important part of an SEO strategy. Backlinks let search engines know that your page or site is important and relevant, and you should be pushed up the rankings. Which is a straightforward concept, but the skill lies in recognizing a good backlink, building bridges between this content and increasing the reach of your content.

In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods speaks to link-building expert, Alan Silvestri who is the CEO and founder of Growth Gorilla. He let’s us into his world of strategic ‘bridge building’ and how he pitches links and ultimately get’s his clients’ content in front of the right people…

Find out:

What is a good vs bad link
Why quality beats quantity
How to start a pitch for a backlink

Important links & mentions:

Alan on Twitter https://twitter.com/AlanGGorilla
Growth Gorilla https://www.growthgorilla.co.uk/
Alan on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/alangrowthgorilla/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

The Repurposing Power of Unpolished Content

Thu, 01 Jun 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Raw, unpolished content is becoming ever more important in a world where people are actively seeking authenticity and real connection with the brands they interact with. If people are going to buy from you, they need to trust you and that’s what your unpolished content can help to build.

In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods takes a look at what constitutes unpolished content and the ways in which you can use it to maximize the impact of your B2B content and really connect with your audience.

Find out:

What unpolished content is
Why it’s so valuable
How to repurpose it effectively

Important links & mentions:

10 types of video your business should repurposehttps://www.content10x.com/types-of-video-your-business-should-repurpose/
B2B Content Strategist https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Track and Measure Your Content Repurposing

Thu, 18 May 2023 02:00:00 +0100

You’ve finally got your head around the multitude of measurement and analytics tools tracking your metrics and how you correctly attribute conversions and sales to individual pieces of your core content…

Now leadership are asking to see the figures for your repurposed content! They want to know if the allocated repurposing budget is worthwhile. You know it’s 100% worthwhile so how do you prove it?

In this episode, host Amy Woods looks at the different ways you can track and measure the impact of your repurposed content.

Find out:

Why tracking the ROI of your repurposed content is so important
How to measure your repurposed content
Why you need to consider the opportunity cost of not repurposing

Important links & mentions:

How to repurpose content for paid social with Jonathan Bland https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-content-for-paid-social/
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com
Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Small Team, Big Impact: How Small Teams Can Repurpose Like Pros

Thu, 04 May 2023 02:00:00 +0100

The size of your content team doesn’t matter, it’s what you do that counts. And what you should definitely be doing is repurposing your content!

Whether you’ve always been a small (or one person) marketing/content team, or you’ve been downsized in the face of a looming recession, there is a ‘secret sauce’ for ensuring your brand still has maximum impact…

In this episode of the Content 10x podcast, host Amy Woods looks at the key to getting your brand, content and message in front of a broader audience, whatever the size of your team.

Find out:

Why repurposing makes small marketing teams appear bigger than they are
How to repurpose effectively as a small team
The importance of having repurposing systems and processes in place

Important links & mentions:

Systems and processes for content repurposing https://www.content10x.com/systems-and-processes-for-content-repurposing/
How content repurposing can help with the zero moment of truth https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/
How to use analytics to decide what to repurpose https://www.content10x.com/analytics-decide-content-repurpose/
B2B Content Strategist https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every other week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to repurpose content for paid social with Jonathan Bland

Thu, 20 Apr 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Do you repurpose your video content for paid social? It’s often overlooked as the marketing team chase after the next piece of content. However, instead of moving on once your video or webinar is done, why not repurpose the highlights into social videos and use them to drive more traffic via paid social campaigns?

In this episode of the Content 10x podcast, our host Amy Woods talks to co-founder of Omni Lab, Jonathan Bland. Jonathan is a vocal advocate for repurposing and in this conversation they focus on how repurposing can 10x the impact of your webinars, what makes good ad creative and how to repurpose content for paid social.

Find out:

How to repurpose a webinar into social media videos and ads
How to run effective ads to dramatically improve the ROI of your webinar
What makes an ad stand out and the types of ads that work

Important links & mentions:

Jonathan on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathan-r-bland/
Omni Lab Consulting on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/company/omni-lab-consulting/
Omni Lab Consulting https://www.omnilabconsulting.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

7 Ways to Avoid Repetitive Repurposing

Thu, 06 Apr 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Do you get people responding to your repurposed content with, ‘seen this before’-type comments? It can be frustrating, but if you have eager followers then it can happen… take it as a compliment!

The truth is we all love listening to our favorite songs over and over, and no true Friends fan will have watched the one with Ross and the leather pants just once!

So, there’s nothing wrong with sharing your best content more than once.

However, no one wants to feel like they’re sounding like a broken record, so what are some of the ways you can avoid this? In this episode of the Content 10x podcast, host Amy Woods looks at 7 ways to avoid sounding repetitive when repurposing.

Find out:

How to repurpose your content without repeating
The benefits of people recognizing your repurposed content
7 ways to avoid repetitive repurposing

Important links & mentions:

How content repurposing can help you win the zero moment of truth https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/
Turning Your Content on It’s Head https://www.content10x.com/turning-your-content-on-its-head/
Content That Converts: How to Repurpose Your Content for Your Marketing Funnel https://www.content10x.com/content-that-converts-how-to-repurpose-your-content-for-your-marketing-funnel/
The Content 10x book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

11 Ways to Repurpose your Guest Appearances

Thu, 23 Mar 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Do you regularly appear as a guest expert on other people’s podcasts, webinars, events or video livestreams? It’s an honor, but it’s time consuming. So how do you get the most out of the time spent?

In this episode, host Amy Woods talks about how to prepare for a guest appearance on someone else’s content with repurposing in mind and dives into 11 practical, effective ways to repurpose that interview in order to get the maximum ROI.

Find out:

Steps to take before your guest appearances
11 ways to repurpose these guest appearances
How to create new content around it

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Guide to Repurposing Guest Appearances free download https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-appearance
Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/video-interviews
4th Annual LinkedIn Algorithm Report https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/4th-annual-linkedin-algorithm-research-report-2022-richard-bliss/?trk=pulse-article
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

10 Ways to Repurpose Your Talk as a Speaker

Thu, 09 Mar 2023 02:00:00 +0100

If you deliver talks in any capacity – whether it’s for events big or small, webinars, seminars, workshops, training...you know the amount of work that goes into getting it just so.

But once that talk is delivered, are you making sure that it continues to work hard for you in multiple formats across multiple channels? A talk shouldn’t be over when you reach your last slide and take a bow, it can be repurposed into multiple pieces of content that can ensure you get the maximum return from it.

In this episode, host Amy Woods looks at 10 specific ways that you can repurpose your talk after it’s been delivered. PLUS get a free downloadable checklist - The Ultimate Checklist to 10x your Talk.

Find out:

Why it’s so important to repurpose your talk
Preparing your talk for the repurposing opportunities
10 ways to repurpose your talk

Important links & mentions:

The Ultimate Checklist to 10x your Talk https://www.content10x.com/10xtalk
How To Repurpose Your Speech for Maximum Social Media Impact https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-your-speech-for-maximum-social-media-impact/
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Optimize your Content with Michael Brenner

Thu, 23 Feb 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Are you creating content that your audience actually wants, or are you creating content that you think your audience wants?

Both are important and they are not the same thing, says this week’s guest on the Content 10x Podcast. Michael Brenner, top content marketing leader, author and CEO of Marketing Insider Group chats with host Amy Woods about why 60-70% of the content we create goes completely unused, the importance of creating content that your audience actually wants, and the best ways to find that out.

They also talk about how to optimize your content, refreshing and repurposing, and ways to measure your content’s effectiveness.

Find out:

What it means to optimize content
How to optimize content
Best tools for researching content topics

Important links & mentions:

Michael Brenner on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/michaelbrenner/
Marketing Insider Group https://marketinginsidergroup.com/
Content10x.com https://content10x.com
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose Content for Substack

Thu, 09 Feb 2023 02:00:00 +0100

Do you subscribe to a Substack newsletter? Are you a Substack newsletter creator?

Substack’s popularity has snowballed over the past year, providing us with the perfect opportunity to ask if it can work for you in the B2B marketing space and if you can repurpose content for your Substack subscribers.

Of course, the answer is yes. Plus, you might be surprised by the audio opportunities that this platform presents.

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods discusses the benefits of Substack from a B2B content marketing perspective and shares some ideas for repurposing content in order to grow your subscription.

Find out

What is Substack?
How it works in a B2B context
Ways to repurpose content for it

Important links & mentions:

Substack https://substack.com/
How to grow your email list by repurposing your content https://www.content10x.com/grow-email-list-by-repurposing-content/
Content10x https://content10x.com
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

3 Ways To Review Your Content Strategy (& Big Changes After Reviewing Ours!)

Thu, 26 Jan 2023 02:00:00 +0100

In the new year it’s good practice to review your content strategy.

There are so many benefits to doing this, because in our business things move fast. Content trends come and go, platform popularity waxes and wanes and if you’re not careful, you might end up creating and repurposing loads of great content that no one is seeing.

This year, we reviewed our content strategy and this has resulted in big changes. We’re excited to share them with you, along with 3 top tips on how to effectively review yours….

Find out:

Why it’s important to review your content strategy regularly
3 steps for reviewing your content strategy
Big changes to Content 10x content going forward

Important links & mentions:

4th Annual LinkedIn Algorithm Report 2022 https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/4th-annual-linkedin-algorithm-research-report-2022-richard-bliss/?trk=pulse-article
Updating you Content Strategy: A look at our 2022 plan https://www.content10x.com/updating-your-content-strategy/
80+ Content Marketing Trends for Success in 2023 https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/articles/content-marketing-trends-success
Content Marketing: Knowing when Enough is Enough with Robert Rose https://www.content10x.com/content-marketing-with-robert-rose/
How to Do More With Less https://www.content10x.com/do-more-with-less/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Improve Your Interview Skills with Sarah Goff-Dupont

Thu, 19 Jan 2023 02:00:00 +0100

How do you prepare and conduct a really excellent expert interview?

To help answer this question, host Amy Woods spoke to Sarah Goff Dupoint in this episode of the Content 10x Podcast. Sarah is Principal Writer for Work Life by Atlassian where she has worked in different roles for 11 years. She is also an executive ghostwriter and public speaker.

Sarah delivered a talk at Content Marketing World 2022 called Your Words, Not Mine: How (And Why) To Spice Up Your Content With Expert Interviews. This talk captured Amy’s attention, and, as someone who often conducts expert interviews she wanted to delve deeper.

Find out:

Why interviews create great content
How to find the right experts and get them to agree to an interview
The best way to prepare and how to conduct them
How to repurpose that content into more high value content

Important links & mentions:

Sarah Goff Dupont on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarahgoffdupont/
Sarah on Twitter @sarahgoffdupont
Atlassian https://www.atlassian.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose Your In-Person Offerings Online

Thu, 12 Jan 2023 02:00:00 +0100

If you deliver a lot of in-person content – talks, presentations and seminars for example, chances are you have thought about how you can capture that content and turn it into something online…

And if you haven’t thought about it, perhaps you should!

The pandemic showed us in the B2B marketing world, that there are many creative ways to repurpose in-person offerings to online, so we can continue to add value to our audiences and provide new and interesting ways for them to consume our content.

In this episode of the Content10x Podcast, host Amy Woods discusses three ways to repurpose in-person content into online content… with lots of bonus tips and suggestions along the way.

Find out:

Why it’s so important to adapt and change
Ways to repurpose in-person content to online
Bridging the online / offline gap

Important links & mentions:

Repurpose your Content into an Online Course https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-content-into-a-course/
The Content 10x Toolkit https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-toolkit/
Thinkific https://www.thinkific.com/
Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing https://www.content10x.com/scorecard-marketing/
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

5 Content Marketing and Repurposing Predictions for 2023

Thu, 05 Jan 2023 02:00:00 +0100

What do the next 12 months look like for content marketing? What are we going to see more of, or less of, and how are we going to be rolling out our content and repurposing strategies in the months to come?

In the first episode of the Content 10x Podcast for the new year, host Amy Woods takes out her crystal ball and gives some of her predictions for what she believes will happen in content marketing in 2023.

Amy has hosted this style of show every year since 2018 and her predictions have not been wrong yet, so it’s a must listen!

Find out:

Amy’s 5 predictions for 2023
Why we’ll be walking away from some channels
How AI will grow to become more integral to operations

Important links & mentions:

80+ content marketing trends for success in 2023 https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/articles/content-marketing-trends-success
Content marketing: Knowing when enough is enough with Robert Rose https://www.content10x.com/content-marketing-with-robert-rose/
How to do more with less https://www.content10x.com/do-more-with-less/
Edison Dial’s Infinite Research Report 2022 https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2022/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Why Being Everywhere Isn’t the Goal of Content Repurposing

Thu, 15 Dec 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Is the ultimate end goal of content repurposing to be everywhere?

Because if you’re everywhere, you will reach, connect with and convert more people…

The truth is, while this might have been the case for our forebears, it’s not the best approach now – for you or your audience.

There’s no doubt that you put loads of time and effort into your content. Therefore, you want that content to reach as many people within your target audience as possible, and that’s the ‘phrase that pays’ here – target audience!

Not everyone… but exactly the people we are creating content for.

In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods looks at why content repurposing isn’t about being everywhere, and what it is about.

Find out:

Why being everywhere shouldn’t be the end goal of content repurposing
What the real end goal should be
Examples of effective methods of repurposing

Important links & mentions:

Amy Woods on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
Amy Woods on Twitter https://twitter.com/content10x
Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing https://www.content10x.com/scorecard-marketing/
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Exploring Zero Click Content with Amanda Natividad

Thu, 08 Dec 2022 02:00:00 +0100

You can’t get around the fact that it’s tough out there for content creators and marketers.

It’s getting harder and harder to convince audiences to click on your call to action. Plus, over half of all Google searches end without a click, and social media platform algorithms clearly reward platform-native content and penalize content with clicks.

So how do marketers navigate this brave new world where platforms reward zero-click behavior?

In this episode of the podcast, VP of Marketing at Sparktoro, Amanda Natividad, speaks to our host Amy Woods about the value of zero-click marketing and how to successfully play platforms at their own game.

Find out

What zero click content is and why it’s important
Examples of zero click content and the platforms to focus on
Amanda’s approach to research and repurposing

Important links & mentions:

Amanda Natividad on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amandanat/
Amanda on Twitter https://twitter.com/amandanat
Sparktoro’s Office Hours https://sparktoro.com/resources/office-hours
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Repurposing Content with Neurodiversity in Mind

Thu, 01 Dec 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Neurodiversity is a fascinating topic – it’s so important to remember that we all learn and communicate in different ways and if we want people to connect with our content, we need to ensure it’s accessible and inclusive.

Content repurposing is at the heart of this. Because it’s all about adjusting your content to meet and connect with different audiences and their preferences and needs.

Find out:

How neurodiversity is defined
Repurposing content with neurodiversity in mind and
Three ways to help ensure your content is accessible and inclusive

Important links & mentions:

How to Ask your Audience What They Want
How to Repurpose Content to Connect with your Audience https://www.content10x.com/connect-with-audience/
Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing https://www.content10x.com/scorecard-marketing/
5 Ways to Dig for Content Gold www.content10x.com/261
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Why Evergreen Content Makes Repurposing Easier

Thu, 24 Nov 2022 02:00:00 +0100

As a content marketer, you will know and understand the power of evergreen content.

It has sustained interest over time so it generates a steady stream of traffic. Plus, all the repurposed content you create from it will have a longer shelf life too, meaning the ROI is high.

It really is the gift that keeps on giving!

In this episode Amy looks at how we define evergreen content and how it can make repurposing that much easier and more rewarding.

Find out:

The different types of evergreen content
Examples of what evergreen content is… and some of what is not
The repurposing benefits of evergreen content

Important links & mentions:

5 Ways to Dig for Content Gold https://www.content10x.com/dig-for-content-gold/
8 Ways to Find Out What your Audience Wants http://www.content10x/com/263
How to Create a Treasure Trove for Constant Repurposing https://www.content10x.com/content-library-how-to-create-a-content-treasure-trove-for-unlimited-repurposing/
Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

8 Ways to Find out What Your Audience Wants

Thu, 17 Nov 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Creating and repurposing content is great, but it only really works if your audience finds your content helpful and want to come back to it over and over again.

So, how do you find out exactly what they care about most, and what they really want solutions for?

In this week’s episode, Amy breaks down eight ways that you can ask your audience exactly what they want to see more of from you and how to repurpose their answers into valuable content.

Find out:

Why it’s important to involve your audience in your content planning
8 ways to ask them what they want
What to do when they answer!

Important links & mentions:

Ask, curate and create: a genius way to maximize content https://www.content10x.com/ask-curate-create-a-genius-way-to-maximize-content/
Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing https://www.content10x.com/scorecard-marketing/
5 Ways to Dig for Content Gold www.content10x.com/261
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Content Marketing: Knowing when Enough is Enough with Robert Rose

Thu, 10 Nov 2022 02:00:00 +0100

If you’ve never thought about approaching content creation like you would a game of golf, then, according to our podcast guest, Robert Rose, perhaps it’s time to start.

Robert is the Founder and Chief Troublemaker for The Content Advisory, and the Chief Strategy Advisor with the Content Marketing Institute, as well as being a best-selling author, keynote speaker, and one of the world's most recognized experts in content strategy and marketing.

He joins Amy on this episode of the Content 10x Podcast to talk about when enough is enough with your content, and how to measure impact.

Find out:

Why content marketers should approach content like a game of golf
How to know when enough is enough and the problem with a ‘more more more’ approach
When it’s time to move from being a ‘content factory’ to having a more considered approach, and
Why setting objectives for your content, and what you’re trying to achieve with it, is vital to success…

Important links & mentions:

The Content Advisory contentadvisory.net/
Content Marketing Institute contentmarketinginstitute.com/
Robert Rose on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/robrose/
Twitter https://twitter.com/Robert_Rose
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

5 Ways to Dig for Content Gold

Thu, 03 Nov 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Every content marketer wants to produce relevant content that speaks straight to their ideal client and encourages lots of engagement. But how do you ensure those content ideas keep flowing?

The truth is our ideal clients are providing hints about the content that would be most useful to them all the time. We just need to know where to dig for them.

In this week’s episode, Amy reveals her top five places to go digging for content gold.

Find out:

What content gold is
Five ways to dig for content gold
Why it’s important to remain focused on your audience and your messaging

Important links & mentions:

Repurposing Content on Reddit https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-content-on-reddit/
How to Repurpose your Blog Posts on Quora https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-your-blog-posts-on-quora
Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

5 Lessons Learned from 5 Years of Podcasting

Thu, 27 Oct 2022 02:00:00 +0100

It’s the Content 10x Podcast’s 5th birthday! The first episode went live on 19th October 2017 and it’s amazing to see how far it’s come, how many repurposing angles have been analyzed and dissected, and how much amazing support it has picked up along the way.

In this episode, Amy shares five of the most important lessons learned about creating episodic content over the past five years and how these lessons can be applied to all forms of content creation, not just podcasts!

Find out:

Five lessons learned from five years of podcasting
Why consistency and change are both important
How spending on your content is an investment not a cost

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Content 10x Newsletter: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
It Started with Content Series https://www.content10x.com/category/it-started-with-content/
7 Reasons Why You Should Create Episodic Content https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/
Updating Your Content Strategy: A Look at our 2022 Content Plan https://www.content10x.com/updating-your-content-strategy/
200 Episodes, Looking Forward & 3 Strategies for Maximizing Content https://www.content10x.com/200-episodes-looking-forward-3-strategies-for-maximizing-content
Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Do More with Less

Thu, 20 Oct 2022 02:00:00 +0100

As content marketers, we want our content to be next-level-stop-scrolling amazing. It has to be to cut through the noise.

But when we’re stuck in a busy cycle of creating and repurposing content on a daily, weekly or monthly basis it’s hard to maintain the high standards we need – and when the core content is average, the repurposed content comes out as equally average.

In this week’s episode, Amy focuses on how we can be doing more with less in order to maintain those high-standards we want and need to achieve with our content.

Find out:

Mistakes people often make when it comes to content creation
How this can impact your repurposing efforts
The ‘right way’ for doing more with less

Important links & mentions:

How to scale your business with content with Daniel Priestley https://www.content10x.com/scale-your-business-with-content/
Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose an Award-Winning Podcast into a Thriving Community with Kate Cocker

Thu, 13 Oct 2022 02:00:00 +0100

An engaged, thriving community is the dream of every content marketer. But how do you use your content to build one?

Our podcast guest is award-winning podcaster and presenter coach, Kate Cocker, whose podcast, Everyday Positivity, won the Best Daily Podcast at the British Podcast Awards. It delivers a short, powerful daily snippet that really resonates with the listenership and has blossomed into a thriving community.

Part of the reason why Everyday Positivity won this fantastic award was because it has such an engaged community that runs alongside it. And, Kate says, it’s her amazing community that often provides the content that she repurposes into more podcast episodes. It’s the great circle of content repurposing!

In this episode find out:

Why it’s valuable to build a community to go alongside your content
How to choose the right platform
The repurposing potential that comes from having an engaged community

Important links & mentions:

Everyday Positivity http://thepresentercoach.co.uk/everyday-positivity/
Everyday Positivity with Kate Cocker Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/youreverydaypositivity
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing

Thu, 06 Oct 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Have you heard of scorecard marketing? A scorecard is a questionnaire/quiz but instead of just collecting answers it immediately responds with a personalized report. It’s a valuable lead magnet for you, and your audience gets so much value from it too.

The good news is, scorecard marketing and content repurposing go hand in hand. In this episode discover everything you need to know about repurposing for scorecard marketing.

Find out:

Why scorecard marketing presents benefits for both your audience (tailored content) and your business (warm leads and useful insights)
How you can repurpose content to create your scorecard
The ongoing repurposing opportunities from your scorecard

If you want see an example of scorecard marketing in action and discover if you’re getting the maximum value from your content take our scorecard!

It’s called The Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard – it asks 21 quick-fire questions about your repurposing strategy, systems and processes, and people and resources. Then it uses the data to create a tailored report packed full of tips and advice on how and where to improve.

Important links & mentions:

The Content 10x Content Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
How to Scale Your Business with Content with Daniel Priestley https://www.content10x.com/scale-your-business-with-content/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Encourage a Content Repurposing Mindset in Your Team

Thu, 29 Sep 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Does your team have a content repurposing mindset? While systems and processes are important when it comes to your content repurposing, so is having the right mindset.

If you’re team aren’t approaching content creation with a content repurposing mindset, you could be missing out on a myriad of ways to maximize the content you have worked so hard on.

In this episode, Amy focuses on what a content repurposing mindset means and how to encourage it in your team.

Find out:

What a content repurposing mindset is
Why it’s important to encourage this mindset in your team
4 ways to ensure this mindset becomes part of your team culture

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
Content Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
Episode 255 How to Develop Systems and Processes for Content Repurposing https://www.content10x.com/255
Episode 238 How to Segment your Content for Ultimate Repurposing https://www.content10x.com/238
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Develop Systems & Processes for Content Repurposing

Thu, 22 Sep 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Systems and processes play a huge part in the success of a business. And more specifically, they can guarantee the success or failure of your content repurposing efforts too.

Effective systems and processes help you achieve consistency, which is important for your audience and liked by algorithms – it also helps you manage your workflow. Plus, they can ensure you repeat successes and avoid repeating mistakes. They improve team work too.

That’s why they are an absolute must for your content repurposing.

Listen to this episode to find out:

3 reasons why systems and processes work for content repurposing
How to implement systems and processes
Top tips when it comes to software and SOPs

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com
Episode 171 https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Content Repurposing: Who Not How

Thu, 15 Sep 2022 02:00:00 +0100

There are times in our lives and careers when we ask the question, “how can I do this?”, when the question should actually be, “who can help me do this?”

‘Who not How’ is a formula strategic coach Dan Sullivan and organizational psychologist Dr. Benjamin Hardy explore in their book of the same name. In this episode of the podcast we look at how best to apply this mindset to content repurposing, to maximize ROI and re-energize your content marketing.

Find out:

All about the ‘Who not How’ concept
How it applies to content repurposing
Why teamwork makes the dream work

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Content 10x Newsletter: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter/
Episode 171 – 7 Reasons Why You Should Create Episodic Content: https://www.content10x.com/171
‘Who Not How: The Formula to Achieve Bigger Goals Through Accelerating Teamwork’: https://whonothow.com/#BuyBook
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Create Powerful LinkedIn Video Content with Alicia Henderson

Thu, 08 Sep 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Video content helps you to get your point across. It’s a medium which engages people with ease and gives you tons of repurposing potential. But how do you create powerful video content for LinkedIn specifically?

In this episode, Alicia Henderson, a LinkedIn Video and Business Strategist, shares her top tips on how to create binge-worthy videos for LinkedIn.

Find out:

The ideal formats and lengths for LinkedIn videos
Why providing solutions to problems is important
How to tackle anxiety in front of the camera

Important links & mentions:

Alicia’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/aliciahendersonbiz/
Alicia’s Twitter: https://twitter.com/ahendersonbiz
Alicia’s Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/aliciahendersonbiz/
Alicia’s website: https://aliciahenderson.biz/
How to Create Captivating Video Content with Mike Ganino: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-create-captivating-video-content-with-mike-ganino/
Our LinkedIn 10x service: https://www.content10x.com/linkedin10x/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose Content for YouTube Shorts

Thu, 01 Sep 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Short, vertical video has taken over social media and it’s here to stay. The popularity of TikTok and Instagram Reels is impossible to ignore, and since its original launch in September 2020, there has been a huge rise in the significance of YouTube Shorts.

So, how do these short videos differ from the others, and how can you utilize content repurposing to get noticed?

In this episode, Amy looks at YouTube Shorts and dissects what you need to know when repurposing content for this feature.

Find out:

The differences between YouTube Shorts, TikTok and Instagram Reels
A step-by-step guide on how to use it
Why you should repurpose content for YouTube Shorts

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Content 10x Newsletter: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Episode 236 – TikTok for Business: How to Repurpose TikTok Videos: https://www.content10x.com/236
Episode 246 – Converting Short-Form New Fans to Long-Form Superfans: https://www.content10x.com/246
Earthweb’s report on YouTube statistics in 2022: https://earthweb.com/youtube-shorts-statistics/#:~:text=Key%20YouTube%20Shorts%20Statistics%20for%202022,-2%20billion%20people&text=YouTube%20Shorts%20receives%2015%20billion,million%20YouTube%20Shorts%20creator's%20fund
Filmora article: https://filmora.wondershare.com/youtube/youtube-shorts-vs-tiktok.html
Creator Insider video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DY_oxuM8niQ
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose Your Content into a Course

Thu, 25 Aug 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Have you considered creating an online course? Well, maybe now is the time!

Global Market Insights claim the global e-learning market surpassed $315 billion in 2021. It’s a booming industry, the demand is still strong and there’s room for more!

Good news! If you’re sitting on a mountain of content from across multiple platforms, you may be able to repurpose it into the basis of a great course.

In this episode, Amy shares three types of content you can repurpose into a course and provides advice on how to do so.

Find out:

The benefits of creating an online course
Why now is the time to get started
3 ways to repurpose your existing content into an online course

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Episode 109 – Creating Online Courses by Repurposing Content with Teresa Heath-Wareing: https://www.content10x.com/109
Episode 241 – How to Incorporate Animation in Your Repurposing Plan with Christine MacKay: https://www.content10x.com/241
Episode 247 – How to Create Content with a Video-First Approach: https://www.content10x.com/247
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose Your Blog Posts into a White Paper

Thu, 18 Aug 2022 02:00:00 +0100

White papers are fantastic marketing tools that not only provide your audience with more of your in-depth content and expertise, but they also increase trust and credibility, and generate leads.

In this episode, I share my thoughts on the best content for repurposing into a white paper and how to go about doing it.

Find out:

What a white paper is (and isn’t!)
Why a white paper is worth creating, if you’ve got the right content
A step-by-step on how to create your own white paper with the power of repurposing

Important links & mentions:

https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-long-form-content-into-longer-form-content/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Scale Your Business with Content with Daniel Priestley

Thu, 11 Aug 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Content plays a big part in how you scale your business. With the right strategy, content can help you nurture a loyal and trusting audience and build a continuous stream of qualified leads.

In this episode, guest Daniel Priestley shares his expertise on creating content to scale a business.

Daniel is the author of Key Person of Influence and Oversubscribed, and co-founder of Dent Global and ScoreApp - he shared valuable advice on how to maximize your content strategy.

Plus, he has proven content repurposing tips to share!

Find out:

3 ways to become a ‘key person of influence’ in your industry
Why maximizing your content can put you on the front foot
How to build strong relationships with your customers

Important links & mentions:

Daniel’s website: https://danielpriestley.com/
Daniel’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/danielpriestley/
Daniel’s books: https://danielpriestley.com/daniel-priestley-books/
Dent Global: https://www.dent.global/
ScoreApp: https://www.scoreapp.com/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

3 Ways to Repurpose Long-Form Content into Even Longer-Form Content

Thu, 04 Aug 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Are you considering turning your long-form content into something even longer, and longer-lasting? It is a fantastic way to breathe new life into older content and reach a much broader audience, while helping to cement your reputation as an industry leader.

In this episode, Amy shares three ways that you can take your blog posts, podcast episodes, videos and/or webinar content and extend it even further.

Find out:

How and why you should turn your blog posts into a book
The ins and outs of repurposing blog posts into a white paper, guide or report
Why you should consider repurposing content into an online course

Important links & mentions:

Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
Creating online courses by repurposing content with Teresa Heath-Waring https://content10x.captivate.fm/episode/creating-online-courses-by-repurposing-content-with-teresa-heath-wareing
Content 10x The Book – An Update & How to Repurpose Content into a Book
Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Create Content with a Video-First Approach

Thu, 28 Jul 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Have you considered adopting a video-first approach in your marketing?

87% of marketers say video content gives them a positive ROI, according to Wyzowl. That’s up from 33% in 2015!

Trends show video content is on the rise, and many podcasters and radio shows are sidelining audio-only content.

But how does this translate into content marketing? And what are the benefits of taking a video-first approach?

In this episode, we observe how audio-only content is often taking a backseat in favor of combined video and audio, we delve into why this is and look at how content marketers can navigate this change.

Find out:

Why YouTube is a great platform for podcasters
How a major radio station group adopted a video-first approach
The repurposing possibilities from prioritizing video

Important links & mentions:

Content10x: https://www.content10x.com
Episode 223 – How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media: https://www.content10x.com/223
Episode 243 – 10 Types of Video Your Business Should Repurpose: https://www.content10x.com/243
B2B Content Strategist: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
Reuters Institute Digital News Report 2021: https://reutersinstitute.politics.ox.ac.uk/sites/default/files/2021-06/Digital_News_Report_2021_FINAL.pdf
Wyzowl Video Marketing Statistics: https://www.wyzowl.com/video-marketing-statistics/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Converting Short-Form New Fans to Long-Form Superfans

Thu, 21 Jul 2022 02:00:00 +0100

It’s crystal clear that short-form content is on the rise and what audiences love. Platforms like TikTok, Twitter and Instagram continue to go from strength to strength – with TikTok as the fasting growing social media platform for the past few years across all age ranges.

Posting short-form, snackable content is a great way to attract new audiences. Once you attract new audiences, you can continue to stay front-of-mind with your short-form, easy-to-consume content.

But how do you convert those casual short-form content fans into consumers of your long-form content?

Because the consumers of your long-form content are investing time in your deeper, higher value content - and they are the audience who are most likely to convert.

Listen to this episode to learn how to tempt people to consume your long-form content.

Find out:

Why a focus on quality with short-form content is important, and why platform research is key
Who is consuming your short-form content and who is consuming your long-form content, and why it’s important to consider this
How to repurposing long-form content into short form content in order to convert casual fans into superfans!

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com
Episode 134 – The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-form to Buying: https://www.content10x.com/134
Episode 204 – The Best Way to Repurpose Content: Long-form to Short-form or Vice Versa?: https://www.content10x.com/204
Kraus Group Marketing Report: https://krausgroupmarketing.com/marketing-strategy/average-consumer-attention-span-has-dropped-again-in-2022/#:~:text=Align%20Your%20Marketing%20Efforts%20with,the%20average%20consumer%20attention%20span.
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose Content for Pinterest with Kate Ahl

Thu, 14 Jul 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Are you creating content for Pinterest? If not, why not?

As of the first quarter of 2022, Pinterest has 433 million monthly active users – so could your audience be looking for you?

In this episode, we ask Kate Ahl how marketers can repurpose content for a brand-new audience on Pinterest.

Kate is the founder of Simple Pin Media, a Pinterest marketing agency, and here, she shares her top tips on how to enhance your current content strategy on the app.

She shares advice on how to stay true to your audience and touches on challenges you may face before finding success on Pinterest!

Find out:

How to enhance your strategy with Pinterest
Why creating promotional content works and how to do it
The best ways to repurpose on Pinterest from graphics to case studies

Important links & mentions:

Kate’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl/
Simple Pin Media: https://www.simplepinmedia.com/
Simple Pin Media’s Twitter: https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia
Our previous blog post/podcast episode with Kate Ahl: https://www.content10x.com/30
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

5 Ways to Repurpose Customer Interviews

Thu, 07 Jul 2022 02:00:00 +0100

It’s so valuable to hear your customers’ experiences first hand. It can help you improve your product or service, your messaging, and content marketing decisions. But is there a use for customer interviews beyond that?

Customer interviews are not just a method for obtaining feedback. If you record them, they become content, and they can also be repurposed into more content to be shared across the marketing funnel.

In this episode, Amy explores 5 effective ways customer interviews can be repurposed to support your content marketing strategy.

Find out:

Three reasons why performing customer interviews is useful
Why it’s so important to hit that record button – either video or audio
How they can inspire new content ideas

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Episode 215 – How to Repurpose and Deliver Compelling Customer Stories with Rob Yoegel: https://www.content10x.com/compelling-customer-stories/
Inc. article – 6 Tips for Writing Compelling Thought Leadership Articles: https://www.inc.com/entrepreneurs-organization/6-tips-for-writing-compelling-thought-leadership-articles.html
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

10 Types of Video Your Business Should Repurpose

Thu, 30 Jun 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Tons and tons of videos are created week in, week out by marketing teams. But how much of that video content is reaching its true potential?

If video plays a major part in your content marketing strategy, then video repurposing is an effective way of extending the lifespan of your video content. From sales calls to customer interviews and webinars to social media videos, there are many different types of videos that can be repurposed!

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, find out:

How to boost the potential of 10 different types of videos
What videos can be repurposed into
The approach we took to help a client repurpose video content from a 1-day event into 6+ months’ worth of content

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Episode 33 –Repurposing Webinars with Louise Brogan: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-webinars-with-louise-brogan
Episode 176 – Why You Should Repurpose Your Livestream Videos with Matt Pierce: https://www.content10x.com/why-you-should-repurpose-your-livestream-videos-with-matt-pierce
Episode 215 – How to Repurpose and Deliver Compelling Customer Stories with Rob Yoegel: https://www.content10x.com/compelling-customer-stories/
Episode 225 – How to Repurpose a Virtual Event with Mark Huber: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-a-virtual-event/
Talk 10x service: https://www.content10x.com/talk10x/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Maximizing the Content That You Create For Events

Thu, 23 Jun 2022 02:00:00 +0100

If participating in events is part of your marketing strategy – whether you’re speaking, sponsoring, or exhibiting – you’ll know that plenty of effort goes into the content you create. This is the case whether it’s a virtual, in-person, or hybrid event. Good news - you can save time, money and labor by repurposing that content.

In this episode, we discuss how to give your event content a new lease of life, why taking a different approach to event content could help your business get noticed and learn 4 key types of event content teeming with repurposing potential.

Find out:

How Content 10x create content with repurposing in mind for the events we attend
4 key ways you can repurpose event content
How thinking outside the box (or booth!) could help your brand stand out

Important links & mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com
Episode 232 – When is the Best Time to Repurpose Your Content?: https://www.content10.com/232
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Incorporate Animation in Your Repurposing Plan with Christine MacKay

Thu, 16 Jun 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Animation is a great way to help your content stand out from the crowd. It can be fun and energetic, but it can help cover more serious topics too.

In this episode, Christine MacKay, founder and CEO of Salamandra Animation Studios, shares her top tips on how marketers can use animation in innovative ways to add a new dimension to their content marketing. Christine outlines some the inventive ways Salamandra have used animation and how it appeals to the vast population of visual learners.

Find out:

Why animation is perfect for making B2B content more engaging
The types of content that can be repurposed into animations
How to repurpose your animations for different platforms and purposes
Why it’s important to nail your brand awareness first

Important links & mentions:

Salamandra official website: https://www.salamandra.uk/
Christine’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/salamandradesigndigital/
Salamandra on Twitter: https://twitter.com/salamandrauk
Christine’s book (Destination Animation)
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Repurposing Bloopers: 3 Ways to Repurpose Your Mishaps

Thu, 09 Jun 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Messing up your lines, kids interrupting, dogs barking, construction workers making a racket…all reasons to press ‘stop’ on your video or audio content and start over. But don’t scrap that screw-up! Could you repurpose your mishaps into new content?

It’s useful to keep hold of your mistakes because they have some incredible repurposing potential.

Listen to this episode to find out how you can repurpose your bloopers, blunders and outtakes into content that connects with your audience.

Find out:

Why deleting your bloopers could actually be a big mistake
How posting your mishaps on TikTok could help you grow a new audience
Three inventive ways you could repurpose your outtakes

Important links & mentions:

More on repurposing your bloopers: www.content10x.com/240
Content 10x on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@content10x
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Creating & Repurposing Content Before Distribution

Thu, 02 Jun 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Do you repurpose your content before you publish it? Or do you distribute your content first, and then see what happens before you repurpose it?

In this episode, Amy shares the repurposing and distribution approach we take at Content 10x, and reveals how it can help you streamline your content processes and get your pillar content more attention and more ROI.

Find out:

The problem with a publish-first, then repurpose approach
Why publishing your content should be like a product launch
How much content we repurposed this podcast episode into BEFORE we published it!

Important Links & Mentions

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.

How to Segment Your Content and Repurpose Like a Pro

Thu, 26 May 2022 02:00:00 +0100

James Cordon does it, Jimmy Fallon does it, and your brand should be doing it too – segmenting your content.

Defining segments within your content can have a game-changing effect on your creation and repurposing process. But it can also help more of your audience form stronger connections with your content.

In this episode, we explain how to streamline your content creation and repurposing and grow brand superfans with content segments.

Find out about:

What marketers can learn from TV talk show segments
The benefits of segmenting your content – before you create it
How to create content in segments, with real examples

Important Links & Mentions

The David Beckham x James Corden clip
More about segmenting your content: www.content10x.com/238
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

The 4 Rs of Repurposing Research with Michele Linn

Thu, 19 May 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Original research can be a gold-mine for content marketers. But only if you get the results you need – and repurpose them effectively.

In this episode, we ask Michele Linn, content marketing and research expert, how marketers can get the most out of their original research findings.

Michele is the co-founder and Chief Strategy Officer for Mantis Research, and shares her techniques for repurposing research findings into engaging content. She also reveals what marketers can do to set their research up for repurposing success, and shares examples of research repurposing in action.

Find out:

How story stats and inventory stats differ and why both can level-up your content strategy
The 4 Rs of repurposing your data and research findings
The biggest mistake marketers make with research projects

Important Links & Mentions

Michele’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/michelelinn/
Mantis Research: https://mantisresearch.com/
Research Power (Half) Hour: https://mantisresearch.com/research-power-half-hour/
How to Repurpose a White Paper or Research Report into a Webinar: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-white-paper-into-webinar/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Grow Your Brand on TikTok & Repurposing Tips

Thu, 12 May 2022 02:00:00 +0100

TikTok is the world’s fastest-growing social media platform. According to Edison Research, 35% of US citizens are now on the platform – and usage is growing across all age groups.

The chances of your ideal clients hanging out on the short-form, vertical video platform are becoming increasingly likely.

More B2B brands than ever are finding out how TikTok can work for them and building a presence.

Listen to this episode to learn how to grow your brand on TikTok by repurposing your content, and discover the B2B brands to follow for inspiration.

Find out:

2 different approaches for repurposing your content to TikTok
How to increase your ROI if you create original vertical videos
4 B2B brands who are winning on TikTok

Important Links & Mentions

The Infinite Dial 2022: https://www.content10x.com/235
Shopify on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@shopify
Square on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@square
Adobe on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@adobe
Sales Feed on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesfeed
Content 10x on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@content10x
B2B Content Strategist: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

What The Infinite Dial 2022 Findings Mean for Content Creators

Thu, 05 May 2022 02:00:00 +0100

TikTok and Twitter usage are up, weekly podcast listening is down, and Amazon Alexas are the runaway favorite smart speaker…but what do these findings mean for content creators?

In this episode, we share the key takeaways from the longest-running survey of digital media consumer behavior in the U.S., The Infinite Dial 2022, and talk about how and why they should impact your content marketing.

Created by Edison Research, Wondery and ART19, the study provides keen insights into what content people are consuming, on what platforms, and how. It’s a content marketer’s data banquet!

Tune in to find out:

How audience’s offline behavior affects content consumption
Why B2B marketers can no longer ignore TikTok
What a decrease in weekly podcast listening really means for podcasters

Important Links & Mentions

The Infinite Dial 2022: https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2022/
How to Repurpose a White Paper or Research Report into a Webinar: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-white-paper-into-webinar/
My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Introducing B2B Content Strategist: Our New Podcast is Live!

Thu, 28 Apr 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Get ready for more conversations with B2B content marketing leaders. B2B Content Strategist, our brand-new podcast is now live!

Tune in to this special, celebratory episode of The Content 10x Podcast as we share why we’ve decided to launch a sister podcast and get an exclusive look at the content that’s coming soon.

Find out:

Why we’re launching B2B Content Strategist and what it means for The Content 10x Podcast
How B2B Content Strategist differs, and what’s in store
Sneak peeks at interviews with leading B2B content marketers

Important Links & Mentions

Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/b2b-content-strategist/id1618797521
Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6hDBArnEn5rE2l4sLIXqcx
Listen on Stitcher: https://www.stitcher.com/show/b2b-content-strategist
Listen on Amazon Music: https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09XN9MPB2?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_1ZXTFXGKKFPMHWZ75H2G
Listen on my website: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Earned Media and Content Repurposing with Lisa Simone Richards

Thu, 21 Apr 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Every brand wants to be more visible online, and while there are paid options out there which can help (e.g., social ads), these aren’t the only way to get in front of your target audience.

PR and visibility strategist Lisa Simone Richards joins this episode to talk all about how brands can get more exposure.

Lisa specializes in helping people get in front of wider audiences and shared some of the strategies and approaches she uses with her clients, including how repurposing your message can help you maximize your results.

Find out:

Why you need to recycle, repeat, and repurpose your message
How to access earned media opportunities
The ABCs of visibility, and 5Ps for positioning, publicity and profit

Important Links & Mentions

Lisa’s website: www.lisasimonerichards.com
Lisa’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/lisasimonerichards/
The visibility quiz: www.lisasimonerichards.com/quiz
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

When is the Best Time to Repurpose Your Content?

Thu, 14 Apr 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Whether you’re buying a house, delivering a joke, or sharing your content, timing is everything. Get it right, and things are sure to go well. Get it wrong and…

So, the million-dollar questions all marketers want to know is: when is the best time to post content?

This episode explores three ways that content repurposing can help you figure it out, and how to make the most of timely content opportunities.

Find out:

How to work out the best time to publish your content
Best practices for resharing content (and why you should)
How social listening, newsjacking, and content repurposing can go hand-in-hand

Important Links & Mentions

Content 10x: content10x.com
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

6 Ways to Repurpose Your Client Case Studies

Thu, 07 Apr 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Client case studies are a holy grail piece of content for getting that ‘yes’ from potential new customers. So shouldn’t your awesome case study content be exploded into new formats and shared across more platforms?

In this episode, we share how to break your case studies free from their text-only bounds and talk about how to repurpose them into exciting new formats that spread your client success stories further.

Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x – a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.

Find out:

How to repurpose text-only case studies for different platforms, including social media
6 creative ways to repurpose your client case studies
Bonus tips to help your case study content go further

Important Links & Mentions

Case study, Peace of Mind Wealth Management: https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-case-study-pom/
Case study, TechSmith: https://www.content10x.com/case-study-techsmith/
Why LinkedIn Carousels are Perfect for Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/why-linkedin-carousels-are-perfect-for-repurposing/
4 Ways to Repurpose Content into an Instagram Carousel: https://www.content10x.com/4-ways-to-repurpose-content-into-an-instagram-carousel/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose Blog Posts into Tutorial Videos

Thu, 31 Mar 2022 02:00:00 +0100

‘How-to’ blog posts are fantastic for SEO, building authority, and helping your audience…but you know what boosts the performance and searchability of your how-to content?

Repurposing it into a tutorial video.

In this episode, I share the step-by-step process for repurposing your blog posts into value-packed tutorial videos, and how businesses and thought-leaders use how-to content to get ahead online.

Find out:

Three reasons why how-to content is a top choice for marketers
How to transform a blog post into a tutorial video
Recommended tools and equipment for creating value-packed videos

Important Links & Mentions

Why You Should Repurpose Your Livestream Videos with Matt Pierce
Video interview guide: https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Amy Woods is the founder and CEO of specialist content repurposing agency, Content 10x. She prolifically shares content repurposing guidance on social media, the Content 10x blog, The Content 10x Podcast, in her book, and on stages around the world.

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Develop a Dynamic Content Marketing Strategy with Kathryn Strachan

Thu, 24 Mar 2022 02:00:00 +0100

A content marketing strategy is never done.

Evolving your strategy as your business develops and changes over time can be a huge undertaking. But it’s necessary and wholly worthwhile to keep the evolution of your business in motion and get your brand to where it needs to be.

In this episode, I’m joined by Kathryn Strachan, Managing Director & Owner of Edinburgh-based FinTech content agency, Copy House. Kathryn has lots of experience helping businesses build and develop content marketing strategies that suit where the brand is now – and where it’s going.

Kathryn shares how her team works with businesses to create a content strategy that progresses their brand, as well as insight into Copy House’s marketing strategy, and more.

Find out about:

Developing a content strategy
Understanding & attracting your ideal clients
What content works best at each stage in the funnel

Important Links & Mentions

Kathryn’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kathryn-strachan/
Copy House: https://copyhouse.io/
SEO wins case study: https://copyhouse.io/casestudies/helping-inplayer-repurpose-their-content-to-boost-their-search-results-on-google/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Grow Your Email List by Repurposing Your Content

Thu, 17 Mar 2022 02:00:00 +0100

$42 = the average ROI on every $1 spent on email marketing (according to HubSpot).

Growing your email list is worth your time. But it still takes time, that’s the thing.

With many priorities, how do you develop email lead gen campaigns in the most effective way?

The answer lies in your existing content. In this episode, I share how to repurpose your content into campaigns that help grow your email list. Plus, find out how we 6x’d our month-on-month email subscriber growth.

Find out:

Three creative ways to attract and retain more email subscribers
The key components to an optimized, easy-to-run email campaign
Our top tip for boosting your subscriber numbers regularly

Important Links & Mentions

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

7 Ways to Repurpose Your Content into Social Media Images

Thu, 10 Mar 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Social media visuals can boost your engagement and increase the impact of your content.

Not to mention they are highly shareable. But what types of images suit your business’s social media style, and how can you incorporate this type of repurposing into your current content process?

In this episode, I share how to repurpose your content into social media graphics that communicate your brand personality and messages in a unique and compelling way.

Find out:

Why marketers are increasingly making graphics part of their playbook
Things to know before you create your visuals
7 different types of images you can repurpose your content into

Important Links & Mentions

Meme generator: https://imgflip.com/memegenerator
GIF maker: https://ezgif.com/maker
Canva: https://www.canva.com/
Snagit: https://www.techsmith.com/screen-capture.html
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose a Podcast Episode into a Blog Post

Thu, 03 Mar 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Every week, we turn hours of podcast episodes into engaging, SEO-friendly blog posts.

So, I thought it was about time I pulled back the curtain on our proven podcast-to-blog repurposing process, and share some of the tips we’ve learned over the last 5 years.

If you have a podcast or thinking about starting one, this episode is your go-to guide for learning how to repurpose your audio content into wonderfully written text.

Find out about:

Different types of podcast episodes that make great blog posts
The dos and don’ts of repurposing a podcast episode
Tech tools and recommendations for streamlining your repurposing processes

Important Links & Mentions

Episode 220, How to Repurpose a Blog Post into a Podcast Episode: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-blog-post-into-podcast/
Episode 49, How Transcriptions Can Play A Key Role in Content Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/transcriptions-content-repurposing/
Episode 118, Repurposing Your Core Content Into Companion Content: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-your-core-content-into-companion-content/
Episode 188, How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-write-better-content-with-joanna-wiebe/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose a Virtual Event with Mark Huber

Thu, 24 Feb 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Virtual events: full of value, awesome content, and lots of work to execute. Putting all that effort into a one-time event is certainly worth it, but add repurposing into the mix, and that value skyrockets…

When our client, Metadata, decided to launch their ambitiously big event, DEMAND, they wanted to ensure this content would be more than just a one-hit-wonder.

Metadata’s Head of Brand & Product Marketing, Mark Huber, joins me in this episode to share why repurposing the virtual event was part of their game-plan from day one, and the lessons learned from embarking on such an immense project.

Mark is an expert in helping B2B marketers automate paid campaigns. He is also the co-host of Metadata’s weekly podcast, Demand Gen U, where he shares his decade of demand generation experience teaching marketers’ frameworks that they can implement today.

Find out:

How to plan a virtual event
The virtual event pitfalls to avoid
How to repurpose a virtual event
How to apply your event repurposing framework to other types of content

Important Links & Mentions

Metadata: https://metadata.io/
DEMAND: https://metadata.io/demand-2021/
Mark’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/markehuber/
Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

7 Creative Ways to Repurpose Your Presentation or Slide Deck

Thu, 17 Feb 2022 02:00:00 +0100

How many hours/days/weeks do you spend creating an awesome presentation or slide deck, only for it to gather dust at the back of a virtual folder after it’s been delivered?

In this episode, I share how to unlock more value from your presentations with repurposing. Listen to learn how to invest your time creating presentations more wisely by setting them up for easy repurposing, and discover how to transform your existing presentations into engaging external content with just a touch of repurposing magic.

Find out:

Why effective repurposing requires thinking outside of the content box
4 best practices for repurposing a presentation
7 creative ways to repurpose your presentation/slide deck

Important Links & Mentions

Discover our services: https://www.content10x.com/services
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose a Video into Social Media Content

Thu, 10 Feb 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Could your long-form videos become awesome social media videos? It might sound like a stretch, but with some repurposing magic, your videos could have the potential to soar on social media.

Social media is a landscape that’s always changing, and no format is more fluctuant than video. In this episode, I revisit my recommendations and advice for repurposing your videos to social media platforms. Hear the social media video options to find the one that suits your videos best, my best video repurposing practices, and more.

Find out about:

Video types perfect for repurposing to social media
The different organic social media video options
The process for repurposing videos for social media (plus tool recommendations)

Important Links & Mentions

Free guide, Repurposing Your Horizontal Videos for Social Media: https://www.content10x.com/repurposevideo/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing

tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose a White Paper or Research Report into a Webinar

Thu, 03 Feb 2022 02:00:00 +0100

How can you get more people to engage with the findings in your white paper or research report?

Downloadable PDFs are a brilliant way to boost your credibility and showcase industry expertise, but even the most awesome research report can struggle to connect with a wide readership. Repurposing it into a more accessible format, like video content, is a fantastic way to ensure your report gets the exposure it deserves.

In this episode, I share the whats, whys, and hows behind repurposing your research report into a webinar. Tune in to find out how these two professional, thought-leadership style content can work together to generate more interest in your findings and get more ROI from your report.

Find out:

What a webinar is and the different styles
Using your research report to plan a webinar that suits you
The tech side of recording a webinar

Important Links & Mentions

Repurposing Webinars with Louise Brogan: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-webinars-with-louise-brogan/
The Infinite Dial: https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2021-2/
The Treasury Recruitment Company, Key Insights from the Global Treasury Salary Survey: https://treasuryrecruitment.com/podcasts/episode-185-key-insights-from-the-global-treasury-salary-survey/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Win Audience Attention with a Multi-Platform Content Approach with Matt Deegan

Thu, 27 Jan 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Whether you create podcasts, videos, blogs, social media posts…your content is fighting for your audience’s attention. So how do you win the battle?

Matt Deegan, Creative Director at Folder Media, joins me in this episode to share his multi-platform content approach developed from years of experience in the media industry. We discuss how to align content with your audience to capture them at the right moment, why you need to consider repurposing as part of a tactical content storyline, Matt’s tips for creating better content, and much more.

Find out:

How to stay front of mind with a multi-platform approach
Matt’s end-to-end content creation, repurposing, and distribution process
The benefits of creating diverse companion content

Important Links & Mentions

Matt on Twitter: https://twitter.com/matt
Matt’s website: http://www.mattdeegan.com/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose a Blog Post into a Podcast Episode

Thu, 20 Jan 2022 02:00:00 +0100

If you have a blog and you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or you want to unearth more content ideas for an existing podcast, this episode is for you.

You have high-quality, well-researched, and value-packed blog posts sitting on your website. This makes them the perfect framework for creating an engaging podcast episode, with minimal additional work!

In this episode I share the end-to-end process and my top tips for repurposing your best blog posts into compelling podcast episodes.

Find out:

How to choose the right blog posts for a podcast episode
What tech you do and don’t need
Options for the voice of your podcast

Important Links & Mentions

More on this topic: https://www.content10x.com/220
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Updating Your Content Strategy: A Look at Our 2022 Content Plan

Thu, 13 Jan 2022 02:00:00 +0100

Is it time to give your content strategy a shake-up?

Iterating your current content strategy to do more of what works is how you’ll see more traction. But first, you need to know what your audience want more of.

In this episode, I share how we found out what our audience wanted and the content changes we’re putting in place in response. It’s a behind-the-scenes look at the hows and whys to our latest developments. Plus, I share some BIG news about a launch coming later this year!

Find out about:

How to gather data about your audience’s content preferences
Why data is only half the story – and how to get more insight
The big (and small) changes we’re making to our content

Important Links & Mentions

Connect with me on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

6 Content Marketing & Repurposing Predictions for 2022

Thu, 06 Jan 2022 02:00:00 +0100

I’m back with my annual content marketing and repurposing predictions, where I take a look into my crystal ball and share what changes I think are going to be big in the next 12 months.

With so much uncertainty, it feels like almost anything could happen in the year ahead. But after keeping a very close eye on emerging and developing trends in the B2B content marketing space, I’m confident that we can expect the 6 changes I share in this episode to have an impact on marketers and content creators in 2022.

Find out:

How social media is driven more by content FOMO than social FOMO
Why the metaverse is going to fundamentally change content marketing
How creators are offering their core content to people with different time commitments and attention spans on the same platform
What content trends are now B2B marketing staples

Important Links & Mentions

My content predictions for 2022: https://www.content10x.com/218/
Video 10x Exec: https://www.content10x.com/video10x-exec/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Best of 2021: Top Content Repurposing Tips & Guest Interview Moments

Thu, 23 Dec 2021 02:00:00 +0100

It’s that time of the year again!

I’m reminiscing about some of my favorite moments from The Content 10x Podcast in 2021. So sit back and take a moment to enjoy some of the top repurposing tips and advice and awesome guest interviews, featuring Copyhackers’ Joanna Wiebe, SparkToro’s Rand Fishkin and the one and only Jay Baer.

Whether you’ve missed the episodes the first time around or want a refresher of the best bits, this bumper episode is packed with treats!

Find out:

The two key elements of compelling copy
In-depth audience analysis to master your marketing
How to master consistency with your content
...so much more!

Important Links & Mentions

Episode 208, Content That Converts: How to Repurpose Your Content for Your Marketing Funnel: https://www.content10x.com/content-that-converts-how-to-repurpose-your-content-for-your-marketing-funnel/
Episode 210, How Content Repurposing Can Help You Win the Zero Moment of Truth: https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/
Episode 178, Content Library: How to Create a Content Treasure Trove for Unlimited Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/content-library-how-to-create-a-content-treasure-trove-for-unlimited-repurposing/
Episode 183, How to Validate Your Content Ideas: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-validate-your-content-ideas/
Episode 192, How to Understand Your Audience Better with Rand Fishkin: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-understand-your-audience-better-with-rand-fishkin/
Episode 205, Becoming a Social Pro: 500 Podcast Episodes and Counting with Jay Baer: https://www.content10x.com/becoming-a-social-pro-500-podcast-episodes-and-counting-with-jay-baer/
Episode 188, How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-write-better-content-with-joanna-wiebe/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

A Year in Review: Content Repurposing Tips & Highlights of 2021

Thu, 16 Dec 2021 02:00:00 +0100

2021 has been a year like no other.

While many are looking forward to the year to come, 2021 has been a game-changer for online experiences. I’m talking about the increase of digital content we created and consumed, the rise (and fall) of Clubhouse, Twitter’s new features (will they stay or will they go)…it’s been full of surprises.

Join me on this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, as I recap some of the stand-out content marketing developments.

Find out about:

How digital content and content creators have evolved in 2021
How we reached more people than ever with Reels
Why you should think twice before jumping on a social media bandwagon

Important Links & Mentions

How to Repurpose Content on Clubhouse: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-content-on-clubhouse/
Get help repurposing your content: https://www.content10x.com/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose and Deliver Compelling Customer Stories with Rob Yoegel

Thu, 09 Dec 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Is your content strategy letting you down?

Are you struggling to reach your audience?

Having a strategy is a critical component of getting content marketing right. But what if your content isn’t as well-received by your audience as you like? Don’t worry, there are several things you can do to win at content marketing.

In this episode, I spoke to our client, Linode’s Senior Director of Marketing, Rob Yoegel, about all things content marketing strategy – from where it began to what a successful marketing team looks like in the future.

Find out about:

Linode’s journey to defining a content strategy that works
How to humanize your customer stories
Why you should stop hiring “content marketers”

Important Links & Mentions

Rob’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/robyoegel/
Linode: https://www.linode.com/
Craft of Code: https://www.linode.com/craft-of-code/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Content Repurposing Automation: The Good, The Bad & The Ugly

Thu, 02 Dec 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Automation: is it all bad or could it enhance your content creation and distribution strategy?

There are plenty of automation tools out there that claim to help you with everything from idea generation through to performance analysis. But how can using these tools really impact you and your content?

In this episode, I share my thoughts on automating parts of your content marketing process. I discuss which content processes you should be automating and when to avoid automation entirely. I also talk a little bit about tools you can use to save you time and help streamline your content distribution.

Find out about:

When to use automation tools in your content marketing process
Why automation isn’t suitable for your entire content workflow
The content distribution automation tools we use and recommend

Important Links & Mentions

Livestream Repurposing: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly: https://www.content10x.com/livestream-repurposing-the-good-the-bad-the-ugly/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Why Content Distribution Is Everything

Thu, 25 Nov 2021 02:00:00 +0100

What’s better, perfect content that’s distributed poorly, or good content which is distributed fantastically?

Arguably, it doesn’t matter how good your content is if it doesn’t reach your ideal audience.

In this episode, I get into exactly why content distribution is so important to a winning content marketing strategy and how content repurposing can help you get on all the platforms that are right for you.

Find out about:

How distributing content effectively can be a real game-changer
Why content distribution is a lot like product distribution
My top content distribution channels

Important Links & Mentions

Deliciously Ella case study: https://www.Content10x.com/193
Ross Simmonds on content distribution: https://www.content10x.com/209
My website: https://www.content10x.com
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Create a Winning Thought Leadership Strategy with Jason Van Orden

Thu, 18 Nov 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Are you thinking like a thought leader?

Establishing yourself as a thought leader means getting comfortable sharing your views and finding ways to increase your visibility online. Sounds straightforward, right? It is if you have the right mindset – and are willing to put in the work.

I invited Jason Van Orden, the business and marketing strategist for expert influencers, onto this episode to share how to develop a winning thought leadership strategy and why content is your secret weapon…

Find out about:

The role content plays in positioning you as a thought leader
How podcasts can “stack your ROI”– and help you achieve more, faster
Jason’s powerful advice on establishing a winning thought leadership mindset

Important Links & Mentions

Jason’s website: https://jasonvanorden.com/
Jason’s podcast: https://jasonvanorden.com/impact-podcast/
Jason’s newsletter: https://jasonvanorden.com/newsletter/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Keep Your Content Strategy Consistent During the Holiday Season

Thu, 11 Nov 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Is your content strategy on track to provide value over the holiday season? Or is it a season of stress and trying to keep up with your competition?

Staying consistent with your content strategy can be tricky over the holiday season. And, when others might be using the opportunity to end the year with a bang, it can add an extra layer of pressure. But with some clever content repurposing ideas and a few of the holiday season content tips I’ve picked up over the years, you can turn that feeling of survival into celebration.

Find out about:

Why planning ahead can make a world of difference to your holiday season content
How to efficiently repurpose your existing content into great holiday content (with examples!)
My top tips for creating and distributing content over the holiday period

Important Links & Mentions

Episode 163, The Secrets of LinkedIn Success: https://www.content10x.com/the-secrets-of-linkedin-success/
Episode 164, The Very Best of Video Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/the-very-best-of-video-repurposing/
Episode 165, The Best Content Repurposing Tips: https://www.content10x.com/the-best-of-content-repurposing/
Episode 166, How to Repurpose Content Like Top TV Talk Shows: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-like-the-top-tv-talk-shows/
Episode 61, The Gift of Repurposing: 5 Giveaway Ideas from your Existing Content: https://www.content10x.com/gift-of-repurposing-5-giveaway-ideas-existing-content/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How Content Repurposing Can Help You Win the Zero Moment of Truth

Thu, 04 Nov 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Research is an integral part of the buying process. Whether you’re buying a new laptop, investing in a service for your business, or just trying to find the best window-cleaner in your area, it’s unlikely you’ll make a purchasing decision without some further information first.

Google has coined a term for the research you do before you buy – The Zero Moment of Truth (ZMOT). Winning the ZMOT gives you a competitive advantage in your marketplace.

In this episode, I break down exactly what the ZMOT is, and the part content plays in winning it. I also explain how content repurposing can be your secret weapon to speed up this process and secure more sales to your ideal clients.

Find out about:

What the Zero Moment of Truth is and how it can help you gain a competitive advantage
How to use content marketing to move people to make a buying decision
How to repurpose one piece of content to achieve the ZMOT

Important Links & Mentions

Episode 208, How to Repurpose Your Content for Your Marketing Funnel: www.content10x.com/208
Learn more about the ZMOT: https://youtu.be/mEl1fiqLCVM
Get help with your content repurposing: www.content10x.com
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Unlock Overlooked Content Distribution Channels with Ross Simmonds

Thu, 28 Oct 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Are you missing out on big opportunities to become an authority in your industry and drive traffic to your website?

Third-party sites like Reddit and Quora have incredible but wildly underutilized potential to boost your authority online…but what’s the best way to take advantage of these opportunities?

Joining me to share his thoughts is Ross Simmonds, Founder of Foundation Marketing and B2B marketing strategist. He talks passionately about how content creators for B2B businesses can use these platforms to realize huge gains and his strategies for getting your content noticed in undervalued niches.

Find out about:

The cheat code to getting your content on any subreddit front page
How to use Quora to appear in the SERPs and drive more traffic to your website
Today’s most undervalued distribution channels and how to tap into them for future results

Important Links & Mentions

Reddit: https://www.reddit.com/
Reddit, Big SEO: https://www.reddit.com/r/bigseo/
Quora: https://www.quora.com/
Ross’ newsletter: https://foundationinc.co/newsletter/
Ross’ Twitter: https://twitter.com/TheCoolestCool
Ross’ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rosssimmonds/
Our content repurposing services: https://www.content10x.com
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Content That Converts: How to Repurpose Your Content for Your Marketing Funnel

Thu, 21 Oct 2021 02:00:00 +0100

The marketing funnel is one of the most helpful ways to think about how your content needs to speak to your potential clients. Populating a funnel with highly effective content can be challenging. Did you know that repurposing content can help you create on-message content, for all stages of the funnel, that leads to conversions.

In this episode, I share the repurposing strategy that drills down into each stage of the marketing funnel and how to find inspiration for more impactful content. I also explain a bit about the marketing funnel as a whole, how you can use it to structure your content marketing approach, and my tips for creating content for every stage.

Find out about:

The five stages of the marketing funnel and what they mean
Which content format works best for each stage of the funnel
How to create and repurpose content to populate your marketing funnel faster

Important Links & Mentions

To read the blog post on this topic click here
How Storytelling and Repurposing Can 10x Case Studies
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Create and Repurpose a Season of Content: 6 Top Tips

Thu, 14 Oct 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Should you commit to ongoing weekly content or create a season? For some people, a season is the perfect answer.

But when you’ve created and published a brilliant season of content – now what?

You either leave it out there and hope it’ll return some results, or you can use a repurposing strategy to maximize its chances of getting more viewers/listeners while you’re off-air.

In this episode, I share my six-step process to help your content season keep performing in-between seasons. Each step is a top piece of repurposing advice that you can apply to almost any form of pre-existing content – so even if you don’t create content in seasons, this episode will inspire you to do more with what you’ve already got.

Find out about:

The pros and cons of creating content in seasons
Examples of businesses that create seasons of content vs. ongoing content
Six steps to repurpose your content season and keep it generating results

Important Links & Mentions

It Started with Content: https://www.content10x.com/206
Who we work with: https://www.content10x.com/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

It Started with Content: Four Key Lessons from Successful Brands and Businesses

Thu, 07 Oct 2021 02:00:00 +0100

12 content creator turned business owner stories – what do they all have in common? Find out in this final installment of our It Started with Content case study series.

In this final episode, I look at the traits all the creators shared and how they helped propel the creators from zero to successful brands, businesses, and more.

Hit play to hear the most vital takeaways from these content hero journeys!

Find out about:

Key findings from our It Started with Content case study series
A brief look at the creators featured and how content helped them get to where they are today
The four key attributes all creators shared and how you can apply these to your content strategy

Important Links & Mentions

The Joe Wicks story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-embracing-content-led-to-fame-fortune-and-an-mbe/
The My Dad Wrote A Porno story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-3-ebook-downloads-became-280m-podcast-downloads/
3 blog to business stories (Brian Clark, Nathan Barry, and Martin Lewis): https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-3-blogs-became-big-businesses/
The Unmumsy Mum story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-babies-blogs-bestselling-books/
The Marie Forleo story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-an-email-newsletter-led-to-an-eight-figure-business-empire/
Two tremendous Twitter tales (Dominic McGregor and Rob Temple): https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-tweets-tea-toilet-roll/
The Deliciously Ella story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-a-food-blog-became-a-recipe-for-brand-success/
The Tim Schmoyer story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-from-amateur-vlogger-to-master-of-youtube/
The Zach King story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-from-viral-video-illusionist-to-record-breaking-content-king/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

Becoming a Social Pro: 500 Podcast Episodes and Counting with Jay Baer

Thu, 30 Sep 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How do you create high-quality content week after week for 9+ years?

As our incredible friend and client Jay Baer reaches 500 episodes of his podcast, Social Pros, I invited him to join me on The Content 10x Podcast to talk about what it takes to consistently create so much fantastic content.

Jay is a profound figure in the content marketing industry. He’s a leading podcaster, author, and speaker and has hosted the Social Pros podcast for over nine years. In this insightful episode, we discussed why his show is so successful, it’s niche appeal, how he stays consistent after all this time, and what he’d do differently if he started Social Pros today.

Find out about:

How Jay and his team have consistently published (almost) 500 podcast episodes since 2012
Why being hyper-focused is key to winning the right audience – and clients
How the “magic of repurposing” would influence the Social Pros show if Jay were to start it today

Important Links & Mentions

Convince and Convert: https://www.convinceandconvert.com/
Social Pros Podcast: https://www.convinceandconvert.com/podcasts/shows/social-pros-podcast/
Jay’s newsletter: https://www.jaybaer.com/the-baer-facts-newsletter/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

The Best Way to Repurpose Content: Long-Form to Short-Form or Vice Versa?

Thu, 23 Sep 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Is the best way to repurpose content transforming long-form pieces into shorter content? Or is there another way?

The fantastic thing about content repurposing is that there’s no ONE way to repurpose your content. If there’s potential for your content to become something else, then go ahead and create it!

In this episode, I share how to shift your content repurposing mindset to uncover a new realm of possibilities. And I walk you through two real-world examples to show how you can increase your ROI from your short-form content by transforming it into longer-form (and longer-lasting) content.

Find out about:

How content repurposing doesn’t have to be one directional
Two reasons why it’s important to mix up your content repurposing workflow
How to repurpose short-form content into long-form content: practical examples

Important Links & Mentions

Episode 114, The Content Repurposing Mindset: https://www.content10x.com/114
Episode 195, Could Your Content Strategy Be Holding You Back? https://www.content10x.com/195
Episode 183, How to Validate Your Content Ideas: https://www.content10x.com/183
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

Review, Revive, Repurpose: How to Update your Old Content

Thu, 16 Sep 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Repurposing content is all about maximizing your ROI. But many of us neglect the simplest and hugely effective way of increasing your ROI when it comes to your existing content: updating it.

Updating your content is a proven method for getting more eyes on content that already exists. There’s no going back to the drawing board or spending hours creating a new X, Y, or Z. All it takes is a little dust off, and your content could perform like never before.

In this podcast episode, I share my three-step process to rejuvenate your existing content that will save you time, improve your audience reach, and ensure your content stays relevant for longer.

Find out about:

How updating old blog posts can increase your website traffic by 362%
Why it’s vital to revisit your SEO and keyword strategy
Three steps you can take to optimize and repurpose your old content effectively

Important Links & Mentions

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

It Started with Content...From Viral Video Illusionist to Record Breaking Content King

Thu, 09 Sep 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How did micro-magic trick content conjure up worldwide video success?

At the time of writing, Zach King’s videos are 4 out of the top 5 most watched videos on TikTok – with nearly 5 billion combined views. He’s also the world-record holder for the highest number of TikTok followers for a male creator.

The video illusionist has taken the social media video game to an entirely new level and, at the same time, built a business where he can really stretch his magical muscles. Plus, he has authored a successful range of children’s books. In this episode of the It Started with Content case study series, I share the secrets to this video magician’s success.

Press play to find out:

How a passion for filmmaking transformed Zach into a record-breaking micro-content creator
How repurposing helped Zach pivot and achieve multiplatform success, which has led to huge success off the screen too
The four key lessons to learn from Zach’s journey

Important Links & Mentions

It Started with Content case study series: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d703GYxMUxs4a6CCe6fQWZB
Zach’s YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCq8DICunczvLuJJq414110A
Zach’s TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@zachking
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

How to Use Social Media to Build Great Influence with Ash Jones

Thu, 02 Sep 2021 02:00:00 +0100

A personal brand is a powerful thing. It can get your name out there, establish you as an influential authority, get your foot in the door with your dream clients, and so much more.

But how do you actually build a personal brand? What does it take to go from unknown to well-known? And how instrumental is social media?

I invited personal branding expert, Ash Jones, onto the show to find out. Ash is the Founder of Great Influence, a personal branding agency responsible for growing the iconic personal brands of CEOs and social media leaders, including Steven Bartlett (Social Chain), Umar Kamani (Pretty Little Thing), Katy Leeson (Social Chain), and many, many more.

Ash shared plenty of brilliant tips for anyone and everyone hoping to level up their personal brand using social media. Whether you’re super outspoken already or trying to come out of your shell, this episode has the advice for you.

Find out about:

How to start building your personal brand from zero
Why your personal brand leads to greater influence and increased trust
How personal branding is possible for everyone – even introverts

Important Links & Mentions

Ash’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ash-jones-85363975/
Great Influence: https://www.greatinfluence.co.uk/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
More about personal branding: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-build-your-personal-brand-with-chris-ducker/

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

200 Episodes, Looking Forward & 3 Strategies for Maximizing Content

Thu, 26 Aug 2021 02:00:00 +0100

When you’re sitting on a mountain of content…what do you do with it?

In this special, celebratory 200^th episode of The Content 10x Podcast, I’m going behind the scenes once more and sharing what I plan to do with all this content. Tune in to hear what my next steps are for those 200 weeks of podcast episodes and repurposed content, and find out how I’m going to keep all that content relevant, in circulation, and contributing to my wider content strategy.

Find out about:

How to repurpose a mountain of content!
My top tips for updating existing blog posts and why you should do it more often
Why repurposing is about looking forward as well as back

Important Links & Mentions:

Episode 190, 4 Lessons Learned in 4 Years: https://www.content10x.com/190
Episode 178, Content Library: How to Create a Content Treasure Trove for Unlimited Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/178
Episode 195, Could Your Content Strategy Be Holding You Back? https://www.content10x.com/195
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Get in touch with me: amy@content10x.com

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To read the blog post, click here

Finding Your “Secret Sauce” Content

Thu, 19 Aug 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How does your business stand out from its competition?

Even if the products and services you offer are completely unique, it likely won’t be this way forever…but one thing always will be – your brand.

How you communicate what your business stands for can have a huge impact on potential clients. It may even be the difference between them deciding to work with you or your competitors. So, even if you offer similar products or services as another business in your industry, there’s one factor that will differentiate you from the rest…your secret sauce, your content.

In this episode, I’m sharing how to find your brand’s secret sauce and use content to give people a taste of your business.

Find out about:

A quick exercise to define your business’s secret sauce
The big brand lessons you can apply to your content
How to create your brand’s “secret sauce” content: the recipe to help you stand out from your competition

Important Links & Mentions

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

The Best Way to Repurpose Your Content into a Twitter Thread

Thu, 12 Aug 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Threads are proven to boost your engagement on Twitter. But how can you use them for repurposing your content?

Historically, it’s been a real challenge to repurpose content to Twitter. If you create long-form content, it can take a lot of creativity to repurpose it into bite-size (or should I say crumb-size) pieces of content that fit the character limit. However, threads give you much more flexibility to repurpose your content into something easily digestible.

In this highly practical episode, I share the best practices and big no-nos for repurposing your content into a compelling Twitter thread.

Find out about:

What a Twitter thread is and how to create one
Why threads are a powerful way to connect to your Twitter audience and increase your engagement
The dos and don’ts for transforming long-form content into a Twitter thread

Important Links & Mentions:

Episode 188: How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe
Follow me on Twitter, @Content10x
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

It Started with Content…From Amateur Vlogger to Master of YouTube

Thu, 05 Aug 2021 02:00:00 +0100

It’s hard to imagine a time when we didn’t turn to YouTube for entertainment and information. But back when the video sharing platform first launched, nobody quite realized its true potential.

Tim Schmoyer, however, was determined to work it out.

In this episode of our It Started with Content case study series, I share Tim’s story. Spoiler alert: Tim pioneered YouTube video as we know it today and remains a leader in educational YouTube content. It’s likely you’ll have heard many YouTube success stories…but no story is quite like Tim’s.

Find out about:

How accidental vlogging led to a hugely successful video strategy business
Why viewers and brands couldn’t keep their eyes off Tim’s content
What it takes to become a leader on the world’s biggest video platform

Important Links & Mentions:

It Started with Content case studies on YouTube
Video Creators YouTube channel
Tim Schmoyer’s TechSmith interview
Tim Schmoyer’s Leveling Up interview
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Create Content That Generates More Sales and Better Clients with Nikki Rausch

Thu, 29 Jul 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Does your content actively help you sell your products and services? Does it attract ideal clients? If you need help with either of these, Nikki Rausch has some tips to help.

Nikki is the Founder and CEO of Sales Maven, an organization helping business owners facilitate strategic and effective sales conversations. She’s got more than 25 years of sales experience under her belt, has written three stand-out sales books, and hosts the Sales Maven podcast.

She joins me in this episode to share actionable tips and advice for selling successfully without being pushy. We also talk about how to reach your best clients and craft content that smooths out the sales process.

Find out about:

How a podcast can help you generate better leads and clients
Why your approach to “sales content” could be hindering your ability to sell
Nikki’s tips and advice for demonstrating your value using content

Important Links & Mentions:

Sales Maven’s website
Sales Maven’s Facebook
Sales Maven’s Instagram
Nikki’s LinkedIn
Download the free eBook: Closing the Sale eBook
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

Could Your Content Strategy Be Holding You Back?

Thu, 22 Jul 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Your content should always help to move your business forward. But with long-term content strategies, it’s easy to fall into a rut.

You could be pouring your energy into content that just doesn’t perform the way it used to or resonate with your audience anymore. Plus, you could be missing out on content opportunities that have much greater potential!

In this episode, I’m sharing the three ways you can give your content strategy a boost, so it keeps propelling your business forward (and stops holding you back). I also reveal a little behind-the-scenes look at how we keep our content strategy fresh at Content 10x.

Find out about:

How to conduct a deep dive review of your content approach and strategy
When to update your internal systems and workflows
The best way to experiment with creating new types of content

Important Links & Mentions:

Episode 190, 4 Lessons Learned in 4 Years
Content 10x website
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week, click here.

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Repurpose Content into Instagram Guides

Thu, 15 Jul 2021 02:00:00 +0100

If you use Instagram to build brand awareness and grow your business, there’s one feature that you can’t ignore: Instagram Guides.

Instagram Guides are incredibly powerful for building credibility, showing expertise, and extending the life of your Instagram content. Plus, if you’re already creating content for Instagram, all it takes is 5 simple steps to repurpose that content into a Guide.

In this episode, I share my top tips for creating an Instagram Guide to help show that your profile means business! I explain what they are, how to create them, and why they’re so powerful!

Find out about:

Why Instagram Guides are a must-use feature for brands and businesses
How to create guides that build credibility and show your expertise
How to extend the life of your existing Instagram posts by repurposing them into guides

Important Links & Mentions:

Content 10x Instagram
Episode 188, How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe
Episode 145, How to Create and Repurpose Your Highlights on Social Media
Content 10x website
Our repurposing services
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

It Started with Content…How a Food Blog Became a Recipe for Brand Success!

Thu, 08 Jul 2021 02:00:00 +0100

What ingredients do you need to turn a passion project into a hugely successful brand and business?

A cup of great content…

Two cups of repurposing…

And your own secret sauce!

Ella Mills started her blog as a way to share her healthy recipes. But as her following grew, so did the content and business opportunities. In this episode of our It Started with Content case study series, I share the content journey of Deliciously Ella. I hope you’re hungry for another incredible content story!

Find out about:

How Deliciously Ella transformed from food blog to multi-faceted business
The secret ingredient to Ella’s content success
Three key takeaways from Ella’s content journey all creators should know

Important Links & Mentions:

Deliciously Ella’s website
Deliciously Ella’s Instagram
Retail Week article
Econsultancy article
Ella’s Diary of a CEO interview
The Content 10x Toolkit
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter.

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Understand Your Audience Better with Rand Fishkin

Thu, 01 Jul 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Your product or service solves a problem that your audience has – but they may not know it yet.

If they aren’t aware of the problem, they’re not looking for a solution. So how do you, 1) find those people and 2) get in front of them?

In this episode, I speak to Rand Fishkin, CEO and Co-Founder of SparkToro. SparkToro helps content creators and business owners find out exactly what their ideal clients are looking at online. It takes the guesswork out of creating content and gives you a far better understanding of your audience’s content wants and needs.

Listen to our discussion to find out how to create content that your audience is primed to consume and how important it is to proactively get in front of your ideal clients, instead of waiting for them to come to you.

Find out:

How SparkToro can help you understand your audience better and get in front of the right people faster
Why podcasts have such a high ROI for businesses and how to tap into that
How to find out what content your audience is actually paying attention to (so you can create it!)

Important Links & Mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Is Your Product or Service Your Best Kept Secret?

Thu, 24 Jun 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How do you tell people about your business, product, or service in your content without sounding too salesy?

Providing helpful content is key to building an audience. But if people don’t know what you do or what you sell, is creating content really a marketing strategy – or just a hobby?

The key is to balance helping your audience while directing them to your product and/or service. It’s tricky, but you can get there with the right approach.

In this episode, I share my three top tips for using content to share what you do and what your business offers – without harming your relationship with your audience.

Find out about:

Why your content is your most powerful selling tool – when used correctly
How to tell your audience about your products/services without being salesy
The three things you can do to share more about your business

Important Links & Mentions:

4 Lessons Learned in 4 Years

Thu, 17 Jun 2021 02:00:00 +0100

When I first started Content 10x, being a business owner and content creator was all new to me… it was a steep learning curve. But I grew so much in that time. I learned lessons that have stuck with me and shaped my journey.

So, I’m taking this opportunity to share just some of the most important lessons. Hopefully, these will be helpful to you, whether you’re just starting out with your business, four years in like me, or 20 years in! After all, it’s never too late to learn new things.

Find out about:

Why what got you to where you are today won’t necessarily get you further in future
How to stay focused on metrics that matter to your business
Why you should treat content like a long-term investment

Important Links & Mentions:

Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
Our repurposing services: https://www.content10x.com/services/
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To find out more and explore other episodes click here.

It Started with Content…Tweets, Tea & Toilet Roll

Thu, 10 Jun 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Could you build a brand in less than 280 characters? It might sound impossible, but you wouldn’t be the first person to do it.

In fact, many businesses and brands started their content journeys on Twitter. After all, it’s a platform like no other for potential audience reach.

Dominic McGregor, Co-Founder of Social Chain, and Rob Temple, author of Very British Problems, both found success through the platform, but what makes their stories unique? Find out in this installment of the It Started with Content case study series.

Listen to find out:

How a tweet about running out of toilet paper was the beginning of an entrepreneurial journey for a down-on-his-luck university student
How a British journalist amassed 100,000 Twitter followers and a book deal in less than a month
Why Twitter is a powerful tool for establishing a brand and reaching thousands

Important Links & Mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe

Thu, 03 Jun 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Writing is a vital component to content. It’s your podcast show notes, your YouTube video descriptions, your social media posts…and that’s before we even get into long-form written content like blog posts and lead magnets.

So picking up a few tips and tricks about how to write better content can go a really, really long way.

In this podcast episode, I speak to one of the best writing coaches in the business, Joanna Wiebe. Joanna is the Founder of online marketing writing education website, Copyhackers, and has helped thousands of start-ups, big businesses, and copywriters improve their copy and content writing.

It’s a great discussion with LOADS of writing tips you can’t miss!

Find out:

The difference between copywriting and content writing
Why written content is still so valuable and the misconceptions around reading online
Joanna’s two main focuses for writing copy that hooks your audience

Important Links & Mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Why Creative Work is Chronically Undervalued

Thu, 27 May 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Have you ever been shocked at the price of creative work?

In the years since launching my creative agency, I’ve encountered time and time again people’s expectations around how much creative work should cost. What business owners often don’t understand is how much time and expertise it takes to make quality creative content.

Content that grows a brand, drives results, and requires years of expert knowledge to create.

In this podcast episode, I share my thoughts on why creativity is so undervalued, the problems with it, and my advice for business owners who are looking to invest in their content.

Hit play to find out:

Why creative work is undervalued
The two key problems with underestimating creativity
How investing in content and creative expertise can transform your business

Important Links & Mentions:

My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Content repurposing services: www.content10x.com/services

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get the latest content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox once a week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

Livestream Repurposing: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly

Thu, 20 May 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Livestream video is undoubtedly the best type of content to repurpose…but lazy livestream repurposing is the worst kind of repurposing there is!

Listening to errors and tech issues in a podcast or video that simply don’t need to be there is painful. It’s a sure-fire way to lose audience members who won’t want to invest their time in your content – because you haven’t invested in it yourself.

So, I’m on a mission to stop lazy livestream repurposing. In this episode, I share my tips for making your repurposed livestream content more enjoyable for your audience and the difference between those who are doing it well and those who aren’t.

Find out about:

Why livestream video is the best type of content to repurpose
What lazy livestream repurposing is and why you should avoid it
4 ways to level up your livestream repurposing

Important Links & Mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

It Started with Content… How an Email Newsletter Led to an Eight-Figure Business Empire

Thu, 13 May 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How can creating just one type of content grow a business empire?

Any seasoned content creator will tell you that it’s best to master creating one content type before diversifying. However, few realize the power of honing your skills so acutely that you can build an entire business on the back of it.

In this episode of the It Started with Content case study series, I reveal how Marie Forleo’s single-channel content strategy grew into a content conglomerate. Listen in to find out her advice and recommendations for others looking to build their business with the help of content.

Find out about:

How Marie Forleo grew an extensive email subscriber list in the pre-social media age
Why Marie stuck to creating just one content type while building her business
What one change to her content strategy has radically grown Marie’s online community

Important Links & Mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

How to Repurpose Digital Content into Physical Products with Nicola Semple

Thu, 06 May 2021 02:00:00 +0100

If you think repurposing content is limited to the online world only…think again.

We often get so caught up reaching our audience on all the various virtual platforms that we forget about the possibilities that exist outside of the web. There could be plenty of digital to physical repurposing opportunities waiting for your content in the “real” world.

Nicola Semple is one content creator who saw one such opportunity. Nicola is a true multihyphenate. She’s a Certified Mindset Coach, host of The Good Life Well Lived podcast, business owner, and creator of the You Are Enough Cards.

She joins me on this Content 10x Podcast Episode to share how she transformed her digital content library into a physical product and why it’s the perfect partner to her online brand.

Find out about:

The process of repurposing digital content into a physical product
What launching a physical product can teach you about your audience
How Nicola’s product changed her strategy for creating content

Important Links & Mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter.

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

The Game-Changing Power of a Content MVP

Thu, 29 Apr 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How can you create content that your audience is guaranteed to engage with?

Whether you’ve got a big content idea or want to find out more about what your audience likes, a content MVP can help. In this podcast episode, I share how you can validate your idea before creating the content – saving you time, effort, and helping you give your audience exactly what they want.

Find out:

Why you should avoid a “build it and they will come” content strategy
What a content MVP is and how to create one
How to validate your content ideas through audience feedback

Important Links & Mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get the latest content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter

The “So What” of The Infinite Dial 2021 for Content Creators

Thu, 22 Apr 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Knowing where your audience is online, what content they like, and how they prefer to consume content are crucial to creating a winning content strategy. But where can you get these insights?

Consumer behavior reports are full of useful data that can point you in the right direction. One of the most influential reports is The Infinite Dial. This is the longest-running survey of digital media consumer behavior in the U.S. and provides up-to-date research about consumers’ media habits, including digital audio and podcast consumption, social media usage, and more.

In this podcast episode, I take a look at the key insights and findings from The Infinite Dial 2021 and share what they mean for content creators. I also cover the most valuable takeaways and talk about how these can help you create content designed for your audience’s preferences.

Find out about:

The latest insights on social media preferences of different age groups
What you can do to take advantage of podcast listening’s steady and significant growth
How new technologies are changing the way people consume content

Important Links & Mentions:

The Infinite Dial 2021
Episode 134 of The Content 10x Podcast, The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-Form to Buying
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Get in touch with me: amy@content10x.com

It Started with Content...Babies, Blogs and Bestselling Books

Thu, 15 Apr 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How do successful content creators get where they are? And what can you learn from their journey?

It’s easy to think that people who find great success through their content do so by way of either sheer luck, or blood, sweat and tears. But, if you look closely, you’ll start to see some common themes that you can apply to your own content journey.

In this episode of our It Started with Content case study series, I share the six key lessons you can learn from Sarah Turner, aka The Unmumsy Mum, and her content story. Tune in to discover how Sarah went from blogging novice (with zero followers) to topping the Sunday Times bestseller list twice!

Find out about:

How Sarah Turner turned a blog into bestselling books...and how it changed her life
Why knowing where to find your audience is just as important as creating great content
The six key takeaways from The Unmumsy Mum’s success story

Important Links & Mentions:

Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox once a week? Click here.

The Difference Between Playing It Small and Going All-In

Thu, 08 Apr 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How realistic are your expectations when it comes to your content?

You might dream about your content making you a leader in your industry…with thousands of loyal followers hanging on your every word…and a booming business to boot! While it’s good to be ambitious, you’re never going to get to this stage without putting in A LOT of hard work and solid investment.

I often see people underinvesting in their content but not changing their big expectations. Content is powerful, but it won’t get you to that gold-star-status on its own. In this episode, I share the right way to invest in your content strategy to get you on track to achieving your goals.

Find out about:

How you should approach investing in content
Why underinvesting is a trap!
How to be realistic with your content goals and expectations

Important Links & Mentions:

My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Our end-to-end content repurposing services: www.content10x.com/services

How Content Helps Potential Clients Know, Like and Trust you!

Thu, 01 Apr 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Does your content attract people or repel them? I’ll tell you a secret – it should do both!

Content certainly provides a way for others to get to know, like and trust you. But it can also help people decide that they don’t like you. And this is OK. In fact, it’s a good thing.

In this episode, I explore how content is a powerful tool for weeding out people whose personalities clash with your own and ensuring that you only work with the people you like – saving you time, effort, and all that negative energy!

Find out about:

The business and personal impact of working with clients and colleagues you truly like
How to work with more clients that get you and how to repel those that don’t
How your content can attract the right people to join your team

Important Links & Mentions:

The Content 10x website: www.content10x.com
Follow me on social media
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

How to Create a Content Treasure Trove for Unlimited Repurposing

Thu, 25 Mar 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Picture this...you’ve created some great long-form content, repurposed it into bite-size content, and shared it on social media… now what?

That doesn’t have to be the end of your content’s journey. In fact, if your content performs well, it should be just the start!

In this episode, I’m sharing why you should revisit your best-performing pieces of content and how you can store them for unlimited repurposing. I call this creating a "content treasure trove." This is your curated library of your best-of-the-best, gold-standard content that you know is going to make a big impact on your audience.

Listen to this episode to find out about:

What a content treasure trove is and why you need one
How to repurpose and reuse your best performing content
5 ways to find out what your highest performing content is

Important Links & Mentions:

Episode 134: The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-Form to Buying
Episode 133: How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media
Free download: Everything You Need to Know About Repurposing Horizontal Videos For Social Media
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
To read the blog post visit: https://www.content10x.com/178

It started with content… How 3 Blogs Became Big Businesses

Thu, 18 Mar 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Can blogging still make a big impact in 2021…? Some are throwing out the more traditional content marketing strategy of blogging in favor of creating visual, video, or audio content…could this approach be completely wrong?

In this "It Started With Content" case study episode, I share 3 compelling stories of people whose wildly successful businesses all started with one content type – a blog.

Listen in to discover the incredible blogging turned business success stories of Brian Clark, Founder of Copyblogger, Nathan Barry, Founder of ConvertKit, and Martin Lewis, Founder of MoneySavingExpert.com.

Find out about:

Why Brian Clark chose to focus on building an audience before his business
What one goal inspired Nathan Barry to start blogging
How Martin Lewis became one of the most trusted journalists in the UK

Important Links & Mentions:

The Visual Lounge, Livestreaming & Repurposing with Matt Pierce

Thu, 11 Mar 2021 02:00:00 +0100

What type of content gets the best repurposing ROI?

One type of content sits at the very top of the content pyramid. It gives you the most repurposing opportunities of all, can keep you accountable, and can build a rapport with your audience like no other…livestream video.

But don’t take my word for it! TechSmith, one of our incredible clients at Content 10x, has seen firsthand how powerful repurposing livestream video can be. Their weekly show, The Visual Lounge, is a perfect example of just how much content can come from one livestream video…and the impact it can have on growing your audience.

Matt Pierce, TechSmith’s Learning and Video Ambassador and host of The Visual Lounge, joins me on this episode to share his top tips on how to start creating videos and why help content can establish you as a thought leader.

Find out about:

How creating great videos help you get known in your industry
What 3 things you need to start making videos
Why livestream video is the best content for repurposing

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

7 Incredible Benefits of Becoming a Recognized Leader in Your Industry

Thu, 04 Mar 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How can a thought leadership content strategy help you stand out from your competition?

In this connected world that we live in, there’s one way to make sure people pay attention to you – creating content. If you want to be seen as an authority and a trusted industry leader, thought leadership content can help you achieve this.

It takes guts to put yourself out there, so you might want to know if a strategy like this is really worth it…well, I’m here to tell you it definitely is! In this episode, I share the big benefits of creating thought leadership content and establishing a strong personal brand.

Find out:

Why a thought leadership content strategy is a winning approach
How this strategy can oust your competitors
What content you should create and how often you should share it to be recognized as a thought leader

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Repurpose Content on Clubhouse

Thu, 25 Feb 2021 02:00:00 +0100

Are there any repurposing opportunities on Clubhouse?

This is a question I’ve been asked a lot recently. Clubhouse has taken off in 2021 with people desperate to get an invite into the exclusive (for now) audio-only platform. It presents some really unique content opportunities, but many don’t yet understand how to make the most of them.

In this episode, I share my thoughts on how to connect Clubhouse to your content marketing strategy. I discuss the potential for repurposing your Clubhouse content and why it’s the perfect space for thought leaders.

If you haven’t heard of Clubhouse yet, don’t worry, this episode will fill you in. And if you have no desire to get on the app, I still encourage you to give this episode a listen…I don’t think Clubhouse is going anywhere any time soon.

Find out:

What content repurposing opportunities there are on Clubhouse
Why the audio-only platform won’t replace podcasting
Creative ways to repurpose your core content onto Clubhouse and vice versa

Important Links & Mentions:

How 3 Ebook Downloads became 280m Podcast Downloads

Thu, 18 Feb 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How can you give your content another chance at success?

You can’t predict what might happen when you first publish your content. It could bomb (sometimes that’s just how it goes) or it could launch you to viral fame…or anything in between.

Repurposing is a fantastic way to give your less successful content another chance. Sometimes all it takes is a fresh pair of eyes…or ears.

In this episode, part of our new "It Started With Content" series, I reveal how Jamie Morton repurposed his dad’s unknown ebook into one of the biggest podcasts in the world, "My Dad Wrote A Porno."

Find out about:

How three friends repurposed an unknown ebook into a podcast phenomenon
Why your original piece of content might not be its most successful iteration
How creativity and open-mindedness can help your content reach its full potential

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

The Winning Content Strategy for Business Success with James Schramko

Thu, 11 Feb 2021 02:00:00 +0100

What’s more crucial to a winning content strategy – quantity or quality?

Now, it’s obvious that good-quality content is a must for any creator, but I’m not alone in believing that consistency really is also really key to building your audience and growing your business.

James Schramko believes that consistency is a key factor to his business success. His consistent content approach has generated nearly 4 million podcast downloads, 9,000 blog subscribers, and millions of dollars of sales for his various businesses.

James is the Founder of SuperFastBusiness, an online business coaching program. He’s also a podcaster, trainer and the author of Work Less, Make More. I invited him to join me on this episode to talk about the power of consistency, and how his winning content strategy has led him to business success.

Find out:

How consistently creating content can help grow your business
How to systematize your content approach
Why distribution and repurposing are key to James’ winning content strategy

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

7 Reasons Why You Should Create Episodic Content

Thu, 04 Feb 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How could an episodic content strategy benefit your business?

If you have a consistent, driven approach to creating content, then you’re likely seeing results build steadily over time – go you! But if you have no strategy at all, or if your approach is to create content when you’re inspired, then it’s a bit like throwing your content against the wall and hoping it sticks…

The three keys to a successful content strategy are: consistency, quality and distribution. Hit these three on the head and your content strategy will grow your business.

In this podcast episode I share why episodic content is the sweet spot between these three main pillars and what benefits it could bring to your business.

Find out:

What episodic is
Why episodic content wins over “random acts of content”
The 7 benefits of creating your content in an episodic form

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Repurpose a Podcast to YouTube

Thu, 28 Jan 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How could your podcast reach more people?

If you’re a podcaster, video creator, or any kind of content creator, you want your message to reach as much of your ideal audience as possible. By limiting the platforms that you post on, are you unintentionally limiting your content’s reach?

I’m seeing more and more people repurposing their podcasts onto one of the biggest media platforms (if not THE biggest!) in the world, YouTube.

This is a fantastic podcast repurposing strategy that I’ve been using for The Content 10x Podcast, and our clients, for over three years now. In this episode, I’m teaching you how to repurpose a podcast to YouTube so that your content can go further.

Find out about:

Why you should consider repurposing your podcast to YouTube
How a video podcast can help you embrace audio and video formats
My 6 dos and don’ts for repurposing a video podcast

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How Embracing Content Led to Fame, Fortune and an MBE!

Thu, 21 Jan 2021 02:00:00 +0100

What’s the secret to Joe Wicks’ success? Hard work, dedication, passion, purpose and creating good content consistently.

Reportedly the highest paid person in the fitness industry, Joe Wicks started right where most businesses and brands do – with no followers, very little work, and scrambling around to get clients.

But ten years later, he’s a household name, author, podcaster, CEO of a hugely successful business, and has a personal wealth reported to be over $20m.

What role did content play in his journey?

Listen to the episode to hear:

How content helped Joe Wicks become the highest paid person in the fitness industry
The importance of consistency when it comes to content, and how it played a key role in the success of The Body Coach brand
Why Joe Wicks chose social media and YouTube to pursue his passion and purpose

Important Links & Mentions:

It Started with Content is my new content marketing case study series on The Content 10x Podcast. I take an in-depth look at how businesses and brands achieved wonderful things by utilizing the power of content. Stay tuned for monthly episodes or search #ItStartedwithContent to find more inspiring content marketing stories.

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Build Your Personal Brand in 2021 with Chris Ducker

Thu, 14 Jan 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How can creating content build a personal brand?

If one of your 2021 goals is to grow your business, one thing you might be considering is to focus more on your personal brand.

A strong personal brand can position you as a thought leader in your industry. But how can content attract the right people to your business, and crucially, get them to become customers?

Chris Ducker is no stranger to building businesses and brands. In fact, he’s grown many throughout his career! He is the founder of Youpreneur.com, an entrepreneurial mastermind community that helps experts become the go-to leader in their industry. He’s also a bestselling author, keynote speaker, and a business mentor, and has been featured in Forbes, The Huffington Post, Entrepreneur, Inc., Success, and other key media outlets.

Chris joins me in this episode as we dive deep into what it means to build a personal brand in today’s world. Chris shares his words of wisdom for establishing your personal brand (even if you’re starting from nothing) and reveals where he’s focusing his content efforts in 2021.

Listen to find out about:

Why building a personal brand is a requirement for entrepreneurs in 2021
Why Chris takes a “zero-fluff” content approach
How to convert personal brand success into business growth

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

7 Content Marketing Predictions for 2021

Thu, 07 Jan 2021 02:00:00 +0100

How will content marketing change in 2021?

A lot of unexpected things happened in 2020…and they impacted content marketing significantly.

We saw an overwhelming number of livestreams, TikTok takeover, and more businesses began connecting with their customers through social media than ever before.

But how are these changes and trends going to affect content marketing in 2021?

Listen to this episode to hear my 7 content marketing predictions, including:

Why content FOMO will rule over social FOMO
How consistency can be more important than authenticity when creating content
Why more businesses will invest in social media and micro/niche influencer marketing

Important Links & Mentions:

www.Content10x.com
How to Use Influencer Marketing Effectively with Neil Shaffer: www.content10x.com/150
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

Repurpose Like The Top TV Talk Shows

Thu, 31 Dec 2020 02:00:00 +0100

How many content repurposing tips can you learn from TV talk shows?

If you’re a long-time Content 10x Podcast listener, you’ll know that the answer is… A LOT!

TV talk shows have given me a lot of repurposing inspiration and they’re a really fun topic to talk about. Most people have a favorite show, favorite host, or even a favorite segment that they just have to watch as soon as it’s on YouTube (even if they don’t watch the show itself).

In this ‘best bits’ episode I revisit three of my most popular podcast episodes talking about TV talk shows and share the top repurposing tips from each.

Find out:

How talk show hosts like James Cordon, Jimmy Kimmel and Jimmy Fallon inspired my content repurposing in 2020
When segmenting your content can result in more effective, easier repurposing
How companion content keeps your audience engaged

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

The Best of Content Repurposing

Thu, 24 Dec 2020 02:00:00 +0100

How has your content repurposing strategy changed in the last 12 months?

This year I’ve had some incredible guests on my podcast and between us we’ve shared our thoughts, tips, and advice on repurposing every type of content for all kinds of platforms!

I’m rounding up some of the absolute best content repurposing tips and advice from four incredible podcast guests in this episode. Believe me, it was very hard to narrow it down to just four!

Join me as I revisit some of this year’s golden repurposing moments on The Content 10x Podcast, including insights from my expert guests Mark Wright, Melanie Deziel, Mitch Jackson and Phil M. Jones.

Find out:

The top content repurposing tips from the podcast this year
How creating content can level up your business with Mark Wright
How to generate unlimited content ideas with Melanie Deziel
Why any industry can benefit from creating content Mitch Jackson
What drives Phil M. Jones’ content repurposing strategy

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

The Very Best of Video Repurposing

Thu, 17 Dec 2020 02:00:00 +0100

In this “best of” Content 10x podcast episode, I revisit some of my favorite podcast episodes from 2020, talking all about video repurposing.

I’ve loved creating, sharing, and repurposing videos this year. It’s been a great way to engage with my audience and provide podcast-quality content on a new platform!

I’ve been fortunate to have some fantastic guests on the show who are passionate about creating video content. It was easy to find fantastic tips to reshare with you in this episode. Listen in as I revisit the best bits from interviews with Amy Landino and Mike Ganino, and share a little bit of my own advice too.

Find out about:

Why you should embrace getting in front of the camera
How to repurpose videos to social media
Where your repurposed video content will perform best
How to share your story via video

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

The Secrets of LinkedIn Success

Thu, 10 Dec 2020 02:00:00 +0100

For this special “best of” episode of the Content 10x podcast, we revisit some of the LinkedIn podcasts episodes we recorded in 2020.

LinkedIn has been a real focus for us in 2020, so it wasn’t hard to find lots of golden nuggets to share with you again...in fact the hardest part was deciding what to share from a list of so many.

As well as sharing my tips and advice on LinkedIn, I also share the best bits from interviews with three incredible guests - Mark Williams, Louise Brogan podcaster and AJ Wilcox.

Listen in to find out:

Why now is the perfect time to embrace LinkedIn video
How to find guests for LinkedIn videos to build authority
Tips on creating a winning LinkedIn profile with Louise Brogan
Which content to share on LinkedIn and why with Mark Williams
What kind of ads work best on LinkedIn with AJ Wilcox

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

Want to learn more about maximizing your content for LinkedIn? Find out how to become the leading authority in your industry with effective content repurposing with our LinkedIn 10x service.

Investing in a Long-term Video Content Strategy with Tamer Shahin

Thu, 03 Dec 2020 15:15:00 +0100

How invested are you in your content strategy…really? Do you consistently create and publish content? Or do you find other parts of your business need your attention?

Maybe you’re a bit unsure about the quality of your content so you find it hard to create content, let alone hit the publish button!

Unfortunately, growing your business with content doesn’t happen overnight. It requires a lot of consistent hard work. So, if you’re serious about your content strategy, there’s no ifs, ands, or buts about it – you have to invest in it.

One content creator who takes his strategy seriously is Tamer Shahin. Tamer is a client of ours at Content 10x. He’s the Founder of CEO Entrepreneur and a first-time YouTube video creator. He realized early on that to successfully grow his business using video content, he’d need to either put in a lot of time and effort in himself or hire experts to help him.

For Tamer, the solution was simple. Outsource to the experts. In this fascinating interview, I speak to Tamer about how outsourcing parts of his video creation process means he’s free to be a better CEO. And we discuss why investing in content repurposing (with Content 10x) is helping his content go the extra mile. Tamer also shares some fantastic insights into how his optimized content creation process maximizes his outreach and why investing in a long-term content strategy is worth it.

Find out:

How a winning content strategy is all about mindset – from investing and outsourcing appropriately to overcoming imposter syndrome
Why video is such a powerful form of content, especially when establishing a personal brand
How to plan, execute, optimize and repurpose video content

Important Links & Mentions

Tamer’s YouTube channel
CEO Entrepreneur
The CEO Entrepreneur Quiz
Content 10x repurposing services
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

How to Create, Share & Repurpose Memes - 8 Dos and Don’ts

Thu, 26 Nov 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Creating super shareable, engaging content is a fantastic way to get your brand seen by lots of new people very quickly. There’s one type of content that does this perfectly and has taken social media by viral storm…

That’s right – memes.

Now, I know you’re thinking, “memes don’t suit my brand’s voice!” and I totally get it! I was apprehensive at first too, but then I realized that there are so many big brands that are making memes work for them.

Disney, Netflix, and Denny’s have all used memes to stand out in their industries. Plus, their audience LOVE them.

You don’t have to be a big brand and you don’t have to aim for viral posts that reach millions (it’s about the right audience, not volume). I think that memes present a fantastic way to connect with your existing audience. They have great potential to grow your following, and you can even use them to repurpose your content!

In this episode, I explain how to create and share memes that your audience will really enjoy and the dos and don’ts to ensure that your memes enhance your brand’s visibility – not harm it.

Listen in to find out:

How memes can help you stand out in your industry
Why memes are so shareable and why you should include them in your content strategy
8 dos and don’ts for creating and sharing appropriate memes for your brand

Important Links & Mentions

Need some meme-spiration? To see lots of meme examples, including the memes I referenced in this podcast episode, (and some of my very own!) check out the blog post: www.content10x.com/161

Why LinkedIn Carousels are Perfect for Repurposing

Thu, 19 Nov 2020 02:00:00 +0100

How can carousel posts maximize your engagement on LinkedIn?

You might have noticed that social media posts with photos and videos get more engagement. In fact, studies have shown that, on average, Facebook posts with images see 2.3x more engagement, and Tweets with images receive 150% more retweets!

More and more people on LinkedIn are sharing posts with images and videos to increase their engagement. And many are finding success with LinkedIn’s carousel feature.

In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, I share how you can use LinkedIn carousels to create interactive posts, increase your engagement, and creatively repurpose your content.

Listen to find out:

What LinkedIn carousel posts are and how to create and share them
Five top tips to ensure your carousel posts achieve maximum engagement
How to repurpose content into a LinkedIn carousel

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Create Captivating Video Content with Mike Ganino

Thu, 12 Nov 2020 02:00:00 +0100

What’s holding you back from creating video content?

Are you nervous about being in front of the camera? Or worried that you don’t have anything to say?

Video content is the best type of content for establishing an immediate connection with your audience. It builds trust better than any other content type, and it’s fantastic for repurposing too.

But there’s no doubt that it’s an intimidating medium… with obstacles like the tech set-up, working out how to convey your message, and being comfortable on camera…

I invited storytelling and communication expert Mike Ganino onto episode 159 of The Content 10x Podcast to get his advice for overcoming these challenges and find out how to start creating captivating video content.

Listen to the episode in full to discover how to find your stories, prepare your videos, and connect with your audience on camera.

Find out:

Why video is the best content for connecting with your audience
Mike Ganino’s top tips for getting started with video content – the planning, prep, and delivery
How you can really captivate your audience on camera
The importance of authenticity in video

Important Links & Mentions

Mike’s website
Mike’s Virtual Presentation Kit
Connect with Mike on Instagram @mikeganino
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

If you enjoyed this podcast episode, please subscribe for more interviews with industry leaders and consider leaving a review. Reviews really help support the podcast and I really appreciate every single one!

How to Create Content That Grows YOUR Business… Not Your Competitors'!

Thu, 05 Nov 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Do you create content to grow your business or to grow your competitors' businesses?

It might sound outrageous… but if you don’t create a content strategy to help your audience convert with your business, you might be sending potential customers straight into the arms of your competitors.

Your content might be great at raising awareness, but it might not be so good at getting those potential customers to convert. If your competitors have a better, clearer content strategy, then your audience will take action…. just not with you!

Your content should help people become your clients, not help them become someone else’s.

A good content strategy prevents your leads from going elsewhere. In this podcast episode, I explain how to create a content strategy that builds your business by helping your audience become your clients.

Find out about:

Why your content strategy could be benefitting your competitors' businesses
How to set your business up to achieve an ROI on your content
The five steps to creating content that helps your customers convert

Important Links & Mentions:

Episode 151, Is There a ‘Best’ Type of Content to Repurpose?
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

Overcoming Challenges with Big Content Projects

Thu, 29 Oct 2020 02:00:00 +0100

How do you overcome obstacles when you embark on big content projects?

Undertaking a big content project (like repurposing content into a book) is an exciting challenge. It feels exhilarating at the start but when things start to go wrong, it can be difficult not to lose sight of your goal.

After celebrating the first anniversary of my book’s publication, I started thinking about what a journey writing my book was. It had more ups and downs than a roller coaster! From tech disasters to freelancer sabotage… it sometimes felt like the book might never get published.

This week’s podcast episode is the story of the most challenging moments of this epic content project. Listen in to discover how I overcame them.

Find out about:

Reflections on publishing the Content10x book and the dedication a big content project takes
How to overcome obstacles to achieve your content goals
Four book publishing lessons I learned the hard way

Important Links & Mentions

Chris Ducker, Youpreneur
Listen to the first chapter of the audiobook: The Content 10x Audiobook is Here: How to Repurpose an Audiobook into a Podcast Episode
Content 10x The Book – An Update and How to Repurpose Content into a Book
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results

How I Built the Number One Content Repurposing Service in Less Than Three Years

Thu, 22 Oct 2020 02:00:00 +0100

It’s the third anniversary episode of the Content 10x podcast!

I can’t believe I’ve been publishing an episode of the podcast every week for the last three years! It’s been such an incredible journey, and I am still amazed at how many doors the podcast has opened for me and continues to open for my business…

Big thank you to everyone who listens in, I really appreciate you!

On this anniversary, I'm sharing exactly how the Content 10x podcast has helped me accomplish so much. From the benefits of launching a podcast to becoming a published author, international speaker, recognized thought leader, and Founder of the number one content repurposing service!

I talk about the vital role that content has played in all of it. I don't think I would be where I am today without the dedication my team and I give to content creation and repurposing!

Listen to this episode to hear how it's possible to use a podcast to grow an internationally recognized business and personal brand, and build a successful creative agency serving clients worldwide.

Find out about:

Reflections on the last three years of the Content 10x podcast and how it’s opened up many opportunities
Three top tips for anyone who wants to become an authority in their industry
How consistent content and repurposing helped me achieve my business goals

Important Links & Mentions:

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How Content Can Attract Your Ideal Clients with Martin Huntbach and Lyndsay Cambridge

Thu, 15 Oct 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Do you want your content to attract as many people as possible to want to work with you?

You may be thinking, “yes, that sounds perfect!”

But your answer should be, “no.”

Why? Because you don’t want to attract every Tom, Dick, and Harry off the street! You only want to attract the right people who you want to work with – your ideal clients.

Wouldn’t it be great if your content saved you precious time and effort in not having to deal with inquiries from people that aren't right for you?

Or, even worse, working with clients that aren’t right.

That's what Martin Huntbach and Lyndsay Cambridge, founders of Jammy Digital, discovered when they began producing content specifically to filter out the clients they didn't want and attract only the ones they did.

This episode is packed full of advice, tips and tricks from Martin and Lyndsay to create a website and content strategy that works better for you and your business. If your website could do more for your business, this is the podcast episode you need!

Find out about:

How to increase your website conversion rate
How to incorporate SEO into your blog posts to rank faster on Google
What a “content fortress” is and why you need to build one

Important Links & Mentions

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

6 Reasons Why You’re Avoiding Content Repurposing (And How To Stop!)

Thu, 08 Oct 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Are you a content creator who knows that repurposing would be great for their content strategy? But you just can’t find the motivation to start?

It’s a bit like exercise. You know that it’ll be good for you and that the long-term benefits are going to be invaluable, but when it comes to the crunch, you find excuses not to do it, struggle with the motivation to keep going, or even feel defeated before you’ve started.

Do you know why you feel this way? And have you thought about how you can change it?

In this podcast episode, I break down six common reasons why people aren’t repurposing their content and talk about how you can approach these challenges with confidence and motivation.

Listen to the episode to learn:

What stops people from content repurposing and the reasons why
How to motivate yourself to realize your existing content’s potential
Why changing your mindset about investing in content could be a game-changer for you and your business

Important Links & Mentions:

Discover how to build better content repurposing habits
Find out why it’s necessary to view creativity as an investment
Learn how to transform your business with this simple mindset change
Get the Content 10x Toolkit
Check out how Content 10x could help aid your repurposing efforts on the Content 10x website

Follow me on Instagram, Twitter, or Facebook, and connect with me on LinkedIn

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

How to Generate Unlimited Story Ideas with Melanie Deziel

Thu, 01 Oct 2020 02:00:00 +0100

When it comes to content creation nothing beats coming up with an exciting idea. But sometimes they’re few and far between, so what happens when those brilliant ideas are nowhere to be found?

Every content marketer or business owner has suffered brainstorm fatigue at one time or another, but when you’ve got a looming deadline or a content-hungry audience, you might be under pressure to generate lots of good ideas, fast.

Thankfully, Melanie Deziel knows how to help.

Melanie is an idea generation machine. An expert in finding the best stories and how to tell them, she is the Founder and Chief Content Officer of StoryFuel, and the author of The Content Fuel Framework: How to Generate Unlimited Story Ideas.

Her framework is a methodical guide to developing fresh content and multiplying the success of your already published content. I felt so inspired after our chat, I couldn’t wait to start putting her advice into practice!

Listen to the episode to learn:

What a content focus is, and why it’s important
How to choose the best content for your audience…there are so many options!
Melanie’s secret weapon for idea generation

Important Links & Mentions

Get Melanie’s book: The Content Fuel Framework
Follow her on LinkedIn
Visit her website: StoryFuel
My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Find Melanie on Twitter

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

6 Ways to Avoid Sounding Repetitive with your Repurposing

Thu, 24 Sep 2020 02:00:00 +0100

It’s time for some content repurposing myth-busting: repurposing content does not mean repeating content.

It’s a common misconception that content repurposing is an exercise in copying, pasting, and hitting publish. But that’s not effective repurposing and it can do you more harm than good.

Repurposing content in fresh, exciting ways can be a challenge but if you invest time in doing it correctly, each piece can sound new and original, even while sticking to your core message.

And I’ve got some tricks that can help.

In this episode of the podcast, I share the techniques I’ve learned to repurpose content to its full potential and to avoid just sounding like you’re repeating yourself.

Find out about:

6 ways to avoid sounding repetitive with your repurposing
How to get more out of your messages
What you can do to involve your audience
Why finding a new angle is key to successful repurposing

Important Links & Mentions

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

Is There a ‘Best’ Type of Content to Repurpose?

Thu, 17 Sep 2020 02:00:00 +0100

“What is the one best type of content to repurpose?”

I get asked that a lot whenever I do Q&As or podcast interviews, or just generally when I enter into a discussion about content repurposing. The truth is, every type of content has its merits and there are so many ways to repurpose. Plus, like many things in life, what is “best” for one person/business is not necessarily “best” for someone else.

There isn’t a “best” type of content for repurposing – repurposing can be very effective regardless of the type of content you’re working with…it’s more about your strategy and approach. Nonetheless, I do still have an answer to the question too!

In this week's episode of The Content 10x Podcast find out about:

What I believe the best type of content is for repurposing
The four things I think matter more than the type of content you repurpose
How to decide what the best type of content is for you and your audience

Important Links & Mentions:

My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Our LinkedIn 10x service

To read the blog post, click here.

How to Use Influencer Marketing Effectively with Neal Schaffer

Thu, 10 Sep 2020 02:00:00 +0100

I talk about so many things related to content marketing in this podcast, I can’t quite believe I have never recorded an episode that focuses on influencer marketing…

I think that has something to do with the associations many of us have with the word ‘influencer’.

The thing is, influencer marketing gets a bad rap, and there are few people who understand this world better than Neal Schaffer. Neal is one of the most respected figures in social media marketing and the author of the brilliant book, The Age of Influence.

Neal joined me in this episode of the podcast to explain what so many people get wrong about influencers, how businesses of all shapes and sizes can develop a better influencer strategy, and to share some insights from his amazing book, The Age of Influence.

Find out about:

How influencer marketing gained an unfair reputation
How influencer marketing can work in B2B (as well as more traditional B2C)
Why companies that get influencer marketing right are beating social media algorithms

Important Links & Mentions

Neal’s website
Neal’s amazing book, The Age of Influence
Neal's Twitter
Neal's LinkedIn
Neal's Instagram
Neal's Facebook
Neal's Pinterest

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

Ask, Curate & Create: A Genius Way to Maximize Content

Thu, 03 Sep 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Your favorite TV talk shows have mastered curating, segmenting, and repurposing their content. Whether it’s Jimmy Fallon’s hashtag challenges or Jimmy Kimmel’s Mean Tweets, these household names have mastered the process of involving their audience in their content creation.

You might not get the millions of views and worldwide trending status that these two get (although you never know!), but that doesn’t mean it’s a waste of time.

In fact, if you can take some lessons from the two Jimmys and how they use audience participation to curate some amazing content, you might see some of the best results yet from your content.

Find out about:

How Jimmy Fallon and Jimmy Kimmel can be great sources of content inspiration
Why asking and curating responses from your audience is good for you and for them
Some ideas to try if you want to start curating content from your audience

Important Links & Mentions

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

How to Create Winning Content on LinkedIn with Mark Williams

Thu, 27 Aug 2020 02:00:00 +0100

LinkedIn might have once been an online CV and recruiting platform, but it’s changed completely since its first few years. Not many LinkedIn experts have been around since those early days, but Mr LinkedIn himself – Mark Williams – has.

Few people know LinkedIn as well as Mark, who has been working as a LinkedIn trainer for well over a decade.

When Mark agreed to join me on The Content 10x Podcast, I was over the moon! The opportunity to talk all things content with one of the premier LinkedIn experts in the world had the potential to provide so much value to this show’s listeners…

And he more than fulfilled that potential!

Find out about:

Answering some of the most common questions about LinkedIn content – from hashtags to company pages
Why text posts should be your focus if you can only choose one format
What Mark believes is the one mistake most people make on LinkedIn

Important Links & Mentions

Mark's LinkedIn page
LinkedInformed, Mark’s podcast
Andy Foote’s website, where you can find the 100 Hot Hashtags

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here

The Problem with Investing in Paid Traffic

Thu, 20 Aug 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Paid traffic is a great investment if you’re looking to build awareness, reach new people, and make some sales… but people often make a critical mistake when they start to invest in paid traffic.

Without a coordinated investment in content, you risk not making an impact on the vast majority of people your ad is served to.

We’re not machines – we do our due diligence and need social proof before we do anything an ad tells us to. So, in this episode of the podcast, I’m exploring why people so often get the balance wrong when investing in their paid traffic and content, why it’s important to get it right, and share ways you can correct this classic mistake!

Find out about:

What I mean by “paid traffic” (its benefits and its limits)
Why businesses risk wasting their money if they take the wrong approach with paid traffic
How investing in content at the same time as paid traffic can deliver better results

Important Links & Mentions

To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.

What Everyone Needs to Know about LinkedIn Ads with AJ Wilcox

Thu, 13 Aug 2020 03:00:00 +0100

Advertising on LinkedIn can put you in front of the people you want to reach, spread your message, and deliver a fantastic ROI.

But if you’ve never run LinkedIn ads before, it might feel daunting to work out how you can get started, what you’re supposed to do, and what pitfalls to avoid.

AJ Wilcox is here to clear up any and all uncertainties – and he’s got the credentials to prove it. AJ is the founder of B2Linked, was listed as one of The Top 25 Most Influential PPC Experts, and is a LinkedIn Certified Marketing Partner. Clearly, he knows what he’s talking about!

Listen to AJ’s interview in this episode of the podcast and find out about:

What the four main types of LinkedIn ads are
How to use LinkedIn ads effectively – and understanding the particularities of each format
The one thing AJ thinks everyone starting with LinkedIn ads should know

Important Links & Mentions

The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn
The LinkedIn Ads Show (AJ’s podcast)
B2Linked (AJ’s agency)
AJ’s LinkedIn (make sure you mention this episode in your connection request, otherwise AJ may not accept your invitation to connect)

Find out more information and read the blog post on this topic, here.

How to Create and Repurpose Your Highlights on Social Media

Thu, 06 Aug 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Social media has so many positives. But one thing that’s true across almost every platform is that the content we work hard to create doesn’t last very long.

That’s why content repurposing is so important – because it gives the content you create a longer shelf life – but there are other ways you can showcase your highlights and best moments using features on the platforms themselves.

Every platform is different, but they all have features you can use to highlight content you’ve created and add value to your profile.

In this episode of the podcast, I break down how four of the major social platforms let you highlight your content. I also share lots of ideas to inspire you if you’re not sure what to start with.

Find out about:

Where social media can fall short when it comes to sharing content
Why making use of platform features can give you more control over your followers’ experience
How you can create highlights on LinkedIn, Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter

Important Links & Mentions:

The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn

The Best Way to Repurpose Content on Twitter with Dan Knowlton

How to Grow Your Business on Instagram with Sue B. Zimmerman

Why Now is the Perfect Time to Embrace LinkedIn Video

Reasons to Not Give Up on Facebook with Gavin Bell

To read the blog post and to explore other episodes go to content10x.com/145

How Professionals Can Create Great Content for Social Media with Mitch Jackson

Thu, 30 Jul 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Social media isn’t for everyone, is it? I mean, a trial lawyer can’t create content that people would be interested in or build a huge following, surely…

Mitch Jackson is here to prove otherwise! Mitch is famously known as ‘The Livestreaming Lawyer’ and has been at the forefront of social media, tech, and marketing for over 30 years. He’s been awarded multiple titles to do with both his legal practice and social media presence, and he is on a mission to help every professional realize the power of social media!

If you’ve ever thought social media is great, “but not for me”, then you absolutely have to listen to this episode. And if you are creating content already, Mitch shares advice that even the most experienced content creators will find useful.

This is an unmissable episode of The Content 10x Podcast!

Find out about:

Why every professional can and should get started on social media
Mitch’s advice for building an audience, creating great content, and communicating effectively
Why being yourself, trusting your instinct, and showing your human side are universally effective

Important Links & Mentions

How Sharing Your Story Can Grow Your Business

Thu, 23 Jul 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Sharing your story in your content can help you to grow your business. If your content has a personal touch and lets people know more about you, you in turn humanize your business and let people invest in YOU as well as your products/services.

Plus, if you do it in the right way, you’re going to have a content repurposing goldmine on your hands!

I’ve explained more about why sharing your story can grow your business in this episode of the podcast.

Find out about:

Why everyone has a story worth sharing – without exception
Why people will want to hear your story and the voice that tells you otherwise is wrong!
The best way to share your story on social media, with advice and examples from my own experience

This is a brilliant way to use your expertise, experiences, and personality to grow your business. In the current climate, the two great driving forces that encourage sales are storytelling and personal connection.

Important Links & Mentions:

How to Create a Great LinkedIn Profile with Louise Brogan

Thu, 16 Jul 2020 02:00:00 +0100

If you want to stand out on LinkedIn, you need to make sure your profile presents you in the best light. First impressions count for a lot, after all.

But what does a great LinkedIn profile look like?

I wanted to ask someone who really knows what they’re talking about, so I invited LinkedIn consultant, trainer, and speaker Louise Brogan onto the podcast to get some answers.

You won’t be disappointed with this episode. Louise explained so many of the ways we can perfect our profiles, some of which I’d never considered before, as well as sharing some fascinating insights on content strategy and repurposing on the platform.

This is the perfect episode if you are looking to up your LinkedIn game and, to be honest, even if you think you’ve got it nailed down… Louise probably has an idea to make your profile even better!

Find out about:

How to turn your profile into a reputation-boosting, sales-driving machine
What Louise thinks is the best-performing content on LinkedIn and how repurposing can improve your posts and your profile
What the common mistakes are that Louise sees LinkedIn users make and how to overcome them

Important Links & Mentions

Repurposing Webinars with Louise Brogan – the last time Louise featured on the podcast!
Why Now is the Perfect Time to Embrace LinkedIn Video
How to apply for LinkedIn Live
Louise’s LinkedIn – of course!
Louise’s 10-page guide to succeeding on LinkedIn
The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn, from Content 10x

To read the blog post and to explore other episodes got to content10x.com/142

How Video Interviews on LinkedIn Can Build Authority and Connections

Thu, 09 Jul 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Creating video content for LinkedIn is one of the best ways to quickly grow your network and establish yourself as an authority in your industry.

In my experience (and the experience of many Content 10x clients), video interviews are one of the most effective tools for achieving that goal.

If you’re planning on sharing videos on LinkedIn, interviews are a must-have part of your strategy and plan.

Whether you’ve thought about filming video interviews before or this is a brand new concept, this episode will help you understand why they are so effective, how you can get started, and share some key tips and advice that will make the whole process easier for you.

Find out everything you need to know about video interviews on LinkedIn in this video, including:

All the ways video interviews will help you grow your network and authority on LinkedIn
Why flattery will get you far and open doors!
How to plan, host, and produce great video interviews that are shareable and engaging on LinkedIn

Important Links & Mentions

The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn

To watch the video and read the blog post for this episode, head over to content10x.com/141

Why Now is the Perfect Time to Embrace LinkedIn Video

Thu, 02 Jul 2020 03:00:00 +0100

Video content has long been hailed as the best of the best, and there’s nowhere that is truer than on LinkedIn.

If you’ve ever wanted to stand out in your industry, become known as a thought leader, or an influencer in your niche, then LinkedIn video is an essential weapon in your arsenal.

And guess what? There has never been a better time to get started, thanks to a unique set of circumstances.

In this episode, I’ll take you through everything you need to know if you want to start creating video for LinkedIn to boost your authority, build your personal brand, and firmly establish your influence in your industry.

Find out about:

The numbers that show why LinkedIn has so much potential
Why quality, confidence, and ideas for content don’t matter so much now
Where to go if you need a full guide to getting started with LinkedIn video

Important Links & Mentions

LinkedIn Marketing Solutions – ‘Market to Who Matters with the LinkedIn Marketing Solutions Platform Overview’
Mind-Blowing LinkedIn Statistics and Facts (2020)
Finally, Your Business Can Now Use Video On LinkedIn

Find out more in our Simple Guide to Getting Started on LinkedIn.

You can also read the blog post on this topic.

4 Ways to Repurpose Content into an Instagram Carousel

Thu, 25 Jun 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Instagram carousels are an underappreciated asset on Instagram – and they’re incredibly powerful at driving engagement.

If you’re repurposing your content, you’d be crazy not to be repurposing it into Instagram carousels… but how do you do it? What do great carousels look like? And what are some ways you can get started?

I’ve answered all of those questions (and more!) in this episode of the podcast, covering all things carousels!

Find out about:

Why Instagram carousels are so effective (including examples)
Four ways you can repurpose your content into carousels (with suggestions for blogs, podcasts, and videos)
Tips on best practice when it comes to creating carousels

Important Links & Mentions

For more information and to check out other episodes go to content10x.com/139

Why Content is the Best Tool for Business Growth with Mark Wright

Thu, 18 Jun 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Mark Wright is the founder and owner of one of the UK’s fastest growing digital marketing agencies, Climb Online. It’s just one in a long list of successful businesses he has launched and been involved with in a career that’s taken in twists, turns, and TV appearances!

Yes, Mark was the winner of The Apprentice UK in 2014.

He joined me on this episode of The Content 10x Podcast to explain why he thinks content is the most important – and underrated – tool for growing a business.

Find out about:

How previous The Apprentice UK winner and founder of Climb Online has used content to grow his business
Mark’s favorite content and favorite platforms
Why it doesn’t matter how small you start – and all you need is to make one connection through your content

Important Links & Mentions:

To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to: Content10x.com/138

How to Segment Your Content for Ultimate Repurposing (with Lessons From TV Talk Shows)

Thu, 11 Jun 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Some people think TV has had its day, but I think some shows are leading the way in creating amazing digital content through repurposing.

In fact, it was watching a clip from The Late, Late Show with James Corden that inspired this episode.

Listen in to learn how you can take inspiration from some of the biggest TV shows to create incredible segments in your content that will make repurposing easy, enjoyable, and even more effective!

Find out about:

How The Late, Late Show with James Corden gave me a lightbulb moment about segmenting content
What segmenting your content could look like – with loads of suggestions to inspire you!
Why it will benefit you and your audience to segment your content

Important Links & Mentions:

To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to: Content10x.com/137

Repurposing a Keynote into a Course with Erin King

Thu, 28 May 2020 02:00:00 +0100

We will be living in the changed world caused by coronavirus for a long time, but how on earth are people whose careers rely on big public events supposed to adapt to a socially distant world?

Speaking is one of the hardest-hit industries by the pandemic, but some shining lights from the profession are doing an amazing job of adapting to the new normal.

One of the best examples of this is Erin King, who joins me in this episode of The Content 10x Podcast to share the story of how she created an online course out of her keynote speech.

Erin is such an inspiring person and the advice she shares in this episode is going to be useful for everyone, not just speakers!

Find out about:

What you’ll need to look for and change to create a great course from your keynote
How Erin created her course – from the technical side to the emotional
How Erin’s experience as an entrepreneur helped her create a more effective course

Important Links & Mentions:

How Content Repurposing Makes Your Customer Journey a 7 Course Fine Dining Experience!

Thu, 21 May 2020 02:00:00 +0100

The customer journey has changed a lot in recent years. It now often starts on social media, usually on mobile, with bitesize, snackable content…and eventually we want people to consume our longer form content and start buying from us. Which leads me to the delicious metaphor this week’s episode is based on.

Listen in to learn how your customer journey can be designed just like a 7 course meal and how every course in the meal is there to suit different appetites and hunger levels.

Find out about:

How we can plan the journey that our audience go on
The seven courses of your customer journey – with your main (long-form content) as the focus
How content repurposing helps you plan and create content around your ‘main’ long-form content

Important Links & Mentions:

The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-Form to Buying

Thu, 14 May 2020 02:00:00 +0100

As the way we browse the internet and consume content has changed, away from desktops and TVs to mobiles and social media, the traditional customer journey has changed too.

Businesses that aren’t shifting their focus to the preferences of mobile users and short form content are leaving behind the majority of their audience. The numbers don’t lie – more people than ever use mobile as their primary means of accessing the internet.

How can we adapt to this new customer journey and what does it look like for both businesses and customers? The answer lies in content repurposing – and definitely not in abandoning long-form content!

In this episode, I explain:

Why you should think about the content journey your audience go on
How content repurposing can help you create a great customer journey, starting with short-form content on mobile
People won’t find your long form content, you need to find them first and have a plan to migrate them to it

Important Links & Mentions:

To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to Content10x.com/134

Highly Recommended Podcasts for #GivingTuesdayPodcasts

Tue, 12 May 2020 03:00:00 +0100

#GivingTuesdayPodcasts is a special day, on May 12, in which podcasters are encouraged to release a special episode of their show where they share their recommended podcasts.

Join me in this special episode to hear my favorite podcasts – but there’s a twist (of course there’s a twist)! I’m sharing my three personal favorites AND my recommended shows for content creators.

Find out about:

My three favorite podcasts I listen to in my downtime
The podcasts I think different types of content creator will benefit from listening to
How you can get involved in #GivingTuesdayPodcasts

Important Links & Mentions:

How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media

Thu, 07 May 2020 02:00:00 +0100

My team and I have noticed a lot of people repurposing videos for social media recently. As a content repurposing geek, nothing could make me happier… BUT… we’ve seen some predictable mistakes cropping up!

Most notably, we’ve seen plenty of videos that haven’t been repurposed properly for social media.

Please don’t get me wrong, everyone is doing their best to adapt right now, and trying is 1,000% better than not trying.

I just want everyone to give their content the best chance to perform brilliantly online. That means making sure we’re producing it in the right way.

So, why stand idly by and let well-meaning businesses share videos on social media that don’t do them any justice?

I want to lend a helping hand by explaining how to perfectly repurpose your videos for the major social platforms, take my hand and let’s go!

Find out about:

What great video repurposing looks like on social media
How to repurpose videos for Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and LinkedIn
How to add captions and change video dimensions

Important Links & Mentions:

To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to Content10x.com/133

Exactly What to Say with Phil Jones

Thu, 30 Apr 2020 02:00:00 +0100

If you’ve felt unsure about your content, your communication, and how you might approach selling during the COVID–19 pandemic… you’re not alone.

Nobody was or could have been prepared for this global crisis.

Many people have helped me decide my approach, but Phil M Jones has been one of the best. Not surprising, really, he did write the book on knowing ‘Exactly What to Say’!

Not only is Phil a bestselling author, he’s also an international keynote speaker, a global sales leader, and a yoga enthusiast! Exactly the kind of person you want to listen to in times like these.

Phil’s advice is always gold.

Find out about:

Top tips from Phil Jones on how to change your content and messaging during the pandemic
What Phil recommends for adjusting your social media, email, and sales content
How content repurposing can solve different problems during times of crisis

Important Links & Mentions

To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to Content10x.com/132

TikTok for Business: How to Repurpose TikTok (Whilst Not Using TikTok!)

Thu, 23 Apr 2020 02:00:00 +0100

TikTok is the latest darling of the social media world and while there are some new rules that come with it, many of the old ones remain the same – including the oldest of them all:

Know your audience, be engaging and creative, and good content is good content, no matter where it is shared.

If you want to know how you can tap into a platform with over 1.5 billion app downloads and over 123 million users in the USA alone, you’re going to want to listen to this episode.

And don’t worry! Using TikTok for content repurposing doesn’t mean you have to be an active user… you can be inspired for creating content elsewhere.

Let’s dive into how you can use TikTok for business, creative, and content inspiration.

Find out about:

What TikTok is and how people are using it
My own experience of using TikTok for business
Ways you can use TikTok for content inspiration

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

Key Findings from The Infinite Dial 2020 Report & What They Mean for Content Creators

Thu, 16 Apr 2020 02:00:00 +0100

As content creators, knowing who, what, and how people are consuming content is vital if we want to grow our audiences.

Research reports like The Infinite Dial 2020, by Edison Research and Triton Digital, are so useful for giving us that insight.

Polling thousands of Americans every year, The Infinite Dial reveals media consumption habits across the nation – in everything from device usage and social media, to smart speakers and podcasts.

I’ve gone through The Infinite Dial 2020 report to produce some takeaways for content creators that will help you get your content in front of more people.

Find out about:

What social media, digital audio, and device usage looks like in 2020
A closer look at what Infinite Dial results means for podcasters
How content repurposing can help you win online in 2020

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

How to Repurpose YouTube Videos on Social Media with Amy Landino

Thu, 09 Apr 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Amy Landino is one of YouTube’s biggest names and has been for years. What helped her reach the top – and stay there?

Well, she’s an amazing content creator for a start. But a great repurposing strategy has helped her stay front of mind for her audience and contributed to growing, and maintaining her dedicated following.

So what does this member of YouTube royalty do to repurpose her videos for social media? And what’s her advice to business owners and content creators who want to repurpose YouTube videos to their social media?

This episode of The Content 10x Podcast should have all the answers you need!

Find out about:

Amy Landino’s tips for creating standout YouTube content
How Amy approaches content repurposing with her channel
What Amy thinks is the most important thing to focus on as a YouTuber

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

4 Content Repurposing Projects to Embark Upon Right Now

Thu, 02 Apr 2020 02:00:00 +0100

In the midst of the coronavirus pandemic, we’re all looking for ways we can use the extra time we’ve found ourselves with and businesses are rushing to rework their content plans.

I think there’s one solution to both of those problems.

A big repurposing project – going further than creating an audiogram from a podcast episode – will give you high-value, extensive assets that have staying power and respond appropriately to people’s changing content consumption habits.

There are lots of ways you can do this, but I think there are four perfect content repurposing projects you can get your teeth into now that will produce brilliant results.

Find out about:

Why now is the perfect time to start a repurposing project
Four ideas you can try – from books to live shows
The different ways a repurposing project will benefit you

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

6 Ways to Repurpose Your In-Person Offerings To Online

Thu, 26 Mar 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Businesses are struggling right now – a pandemic is not something anyone can truly prepare for – but traditionally offline businesses are struggling most.

For some, finding new ways to monetize their services and content in the digital space might come naturally. For others, it might feel pretty alien. Not every business can pivot to digital content, but you’d be surprised at how many are able to.

Restaurants and bars are setting up delivery services and sharing the news on social media. Personal trainers are delivering video sessions. Museums are conducting tours online.

These are trying times, but they are inevitably bringing out creative solutions.

If you want some inspiration for how you can repurpose your in-person offerings to online, I’ve got six suggestions you can try.

Find out about:

The surprising ways businesses are already moving online
Six suggestions to help you repurpose in-person offerings to online
How there are many different ways to monetize online content

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

How To Approach Your Content During A Global Crisis

Thu, 19 Mar 2020 02:00:00 +0100

In times of crisis, we all need to pause, take stock, and adapt what we are doing given the extraordinary circumstances.

The COVID-19 pandemic is a crisis like few others in modern times.

Hard times bring the best out of people and I’ve already heard news of countless good deeds worldwide, from communities coming together to help self-isolating neighbors to the beautiful singing echoing across Italian balconies.

My singing voice isn’t something I want to expose you to, but I can reach out to you – my digital neighbors – to share what I can.

If you are a business owner who’s unsure on how to approach your content during a global crisis, here are my thoughts.

Find out about:

Why you should create content, but context is key
Why your audience need you now more than ever
What you can do if you’re struggling to create content right now

Important Links & Mentions:

Content 10x blog

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

How To Repurpose Your Speech for Maximum Social Media Impact

Thu, 12 Mar 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Walking off stage after delivering a speech – whether it’s your first or 1000th – is one of the best feelings. That mixture of excitement, adrenaline, and pride is something that we, as speakers, want to experience all the time.

With the power of content repurposing, your speech can help you get that feeling more often.

By turning photos and video footage of your talk into a set of powerful content marketing assets, you can grow your audience, reach and impact. As a result, you could find yourself speaking on many more stages in the future.

This episode of the Content 10x podcast aims to explain some of the ways you can repurpose your speech into powerful pieces of content – without costing the world in time or expenditure!

Find out about:

Why it’s so important you repurpose content from your speech
Learn four easy-to-action content repurposing techniques for social media
Where you can get more ideas to help you repurpose your speech

Important Links & Mentions:

The Ultimate Checklist to Repurpose Your Speech for Social Media

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

How to Spend Quality Time with Your Audience

Thu, 05 Mar 2020 02:00:00 +0100

When we are deciding whether we want to do business with somebody, we need to know who they are. We don’t just buy something or hire someone without thinking about it, we need to have spent some quality time with them first.

The great news is that quality time is quality time – it doesn’t matter whether it’s in-person or through a screen… that’s where content repurposing comes into it.

Content repurposing helps you take your core message and explode it, reaching people in more places in different formats, all while staying true to what your business is about.

If you’re tired of business lunches, golf courses, and stale breakfasts at networking events, content repurposing might just be the savior you’ve been waiting for!

Listen to this episode to find out about:

Why it’s important to put in the hours with your audience
Why quality time doesn’t have to be spent in person
How you can map out the time your audience spends with you

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

Using Answer The Public to Help With Content Repurposing

Thu, 27 Feb 2020 02:00:00 +0100

One of the most common questions I’m asked is: “where do I start when it comes to content repurposing?”

It’s understandable, right? After you’ve realized every piece of content you make can be repurposed into countless more pieces of content, the possibilities become overwhelming!

I want to help you break that feeling of overwhelm and start repurposing your content so you can get more results from less work. If you’re not sure where to start, or where to go next, with your content repurposing, Answer The Public is one of the best research tools you can use.

If you want a brilliant way to plan out your repurposing, you’ll want to hear about this amazing, totally free, website!

Find out about:

What Answer The Public is
Why Answer The Public is the perfect tool for your repurposing research
Other ways you can research content repurposing opportunities

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

Repurposing Content on Reddit

Thu, 20 Feb 2020 02:00:00 +0100

When I talk to people about repurposing their content on social media, they’ll list off Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, and maybe throw in something new and on trend like TikTok.

What I rarely hear, though, is people wanting to repurpose onto Reddit.

Sometimes it’s because they’re uncertain about how to approach it, other times it’s because they don’t even know what it is!

You might be surprised at just how big Reddit is, so I want to explain more about the platform and what you need to know before you include it in your content strategy. Once we’ve got the essentials out of the way, I’ve got five ideas you can use to start repurposing your content for Reddit.

Find out about:

What Reddit is, how it works, and why it’s different to other platforms
What you need to consider before repurposing on Reddit
Five ideas for repurposing on Reddit that you can try today

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

How Storytelling and Repurposing Can 10x Case Studies

Thu, 13 Feb 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Ah, case studies – one of the most tried and tested marketing tools at any business’ disposal.

Oh, case studies – one of the most tired and testing marketing tools when used incorrectly.

They divide opinion, but it’s not the concept of case studies that can be problematic – it’s the execution.

With a bit of repurposing magic, you can turn a stuffy old corporate nightmare into a jargon-busting, jaw-dropping, crowd-pleasing piece of storytelling. Okay, that might be overdoing it slightly, but you can definitely make your case studies more effective, compelling, and long-lasting with a repurposing mindset.

Whether you’re sitting on a stack of old case studies or you’ve never written one before, I can show you how to energize them and make them go further with content repurposing.

Find out about:

What a case study is – and what its purpose should be
How learning from literature can make your case studies more compelling
The reasons case studies can be ineffective
How to produce better quality case studies that are fit for repurposing
Five ideas for how you can repurpose your case studies

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

Reasons to Not Give Up on Facebook with Gavin Bell

Thu, 06 Feb 2020 02:00:00 +0100

We’re experiencing what feels like a groundswell of uncertainty around Facebook at the moment.

The company has not been without its controversies over the last few years and I’m starting to see this reflected in conversations with friends and clients.

Despite this, Facebook is still growing its userbase and earning more money. Talk about mixed messages!

So, I wanted to speak to someone who understands Facebook better than anyone else I know – it could only be Gavin Bell – Founder of Facebook advertising agency Fat Pony.

Gavin helped me clear up some misconceptions about Facebook, gave some incredibly generous and useful advice about how small businesses can maximize Facebook ads, and shared his thoughts on the most effective content strategies.

Find out about:

Why Facebook is still worth your time and attention
How to use content repurposing to create amazing ads
What you can do to get results without spending a single penny

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

Content Repurposing Is a Habit – Here’s How You Build It

Thu, 30 Jan 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Most people want to effectively repurpose their content. After all, why would you not want to make the most of the time you spent creating all of that incredible content?

But, no matter how much they want to do it, somehow it just doesn’t happen. It doesn’t stick. It takes time to get good at content repurposing but, if you take it one step at a time, it will be much easier to make content repurposing a habit instead of a chore.

That’s the secret – it isn’t being a mastermind, it isn’t having the perfect template, it’s just about building a habit that sticks.

So, how do you create a habit for content repurposing?

I think there are lots of approaches you can take, but there are 10 ways you can build a content repurposing habit. Have a crack at some of them, and you’ll hopefully have an unbreakable repurposing habit before long.

Find out about:

What a habit is and how to develop new habits
10 ways to introduce content repurposing habits to your existing content creation strategy
Bonus tips to help you build new habits…and stick to them!

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

Repurposing Your Core Content into Companion Content

Thu, 23 Jan 2020 02:00:00 +0100

What do you do after you’ve finished watching a great TV show?

Go and find more content related to it, of course!

This is why so many TV and radio shows offer companion content – live content that you publish immediately after publishing your core content.

All the best TV shows are doing it and have been for years. Even reaction phone-ins on sports radio stations are a kind of companion content, and they’re older than old! We’ve been surrounded by companion content for decades already, but digital content creators have yet to really catch on to this concept.

I think that’s going to change very soon, and I’ve got three ideas that you can use to start creating companion content today.

In this episode, you can learn:

What companion content is, with examples of it in practice
How to create companion content in three different ways
Why companion content is so useful for creators

Important Links & Mentions:

To listen to this podcast episode, click here.

Very British Problems and a Tale of Twitter Repurposing

Thu, 16 Jan 2020 02:00:00 +0100

Your tweets might not be the first content you think of repurposing, but you might be missing out on book deals, TV shows, and newspaper columns…

There’s no guarantee your Twitter account will get you any of that, but it is possible! Very British Problems is the perfect example of how a content repurposing mindset can produce incredible results – even with the shortest content imaginable.

In this episode, I explain the four cornerstone principles that helped Rob Temple go from 140 characters on Twitter to multi-channel success.

Get your tea and crumpets at the ready and form an orderly queue with a stiff upper lip, I want to tell you the story of Very British Problems.

In this episode, you will learn:

How to repurpose the smallest content for the biggest results
Four key reasons why Very British Problems was primed to succeed
Why a content repurposing mindset makes everything easier

To listen to this podcast episode and/or read the blog post, click here.

How to Grow Your Business on Instagram with Sue B. Zimmerman

Thu, 09 Jan 2020 02:00:00 +0100

As content creators, marketers and business owners, we need to maximize the return we get from the time and effort we put into our content. One very effective way to do this is by repurposing your content on Instagram.

Instagram is the ideal social hub for repurposing content because you can share different forms of content across Instagram’s ‘four neighborhoods,’ – the main feed, IGTV, Stories, and Live.

Top Instagram educator, Sue B. Zimmerman, joins me on this episode of the podcast to chat about the true power of Instagram. We dive into reasons why businesses and content creators should focus on Instagram and she shares some of her top tips for repurposing on the platform to help grow your followers and get more conversions.

Find out about:

Tips for repurposing content on the 4 neighborhoods of Instagram
How to use hashtags in Instagram Stories Vs. the main feed
How to get more views on IGTV

To listen to this podcast episode and/or read the blog post, click here.

8 Content Marketing Predictions for 2020

Thu, 02 Jan 2020 03:00:00 +0100

It’s become somewhat of a tradition to start the year by sharing my content marketing predictions for the year ahead.

At Content 10x we are always looking at what’s working and not working, what’s hot and not…regardless of the time of year. Listen in to hear my 8 predictions for 2020.

Listen in to hear:

Why I think video content is going to be such a focus in 2020 and the platforms I think will dominate
Podcasting will continue to grow, more video creators will repurpose videos to audio format…but podcasting isn’t for everyone
How voice search and zero click search results will change how some people/businesses create content
TikTok will inspire more creativity with snackable short video content

If you want to find out more click here

The Content Repurposing Mindset

Thu, 19 Dec 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Mindset plays such an important part in our lives. Some would argue that mindset is the one thing that truly sets apart those who achieve their goals in life, with those who don’t.

Mindset is a belief that guides us in making decisions and helps us with handling situations. Mindset helps us frame situations, process information and it can help, or hinder, our progress.

But have you ever heard of a content repurposing mindset?

Did you know that to be successful with content repurposing it’s as much about mindset as it is knowledge of what, when, and how to repurpose?

But what is a content repurposing mindset? How do you apply it?

Listen in to hear:

What a content repurposing mindset is
Why mindset is important when it comes to repurposing
Why you should view your content like a start up

If you want to find out more click here.

The Content 10x Audiobook is Here: How to Repurpose an Audiobook into a Podcast Episode

Thu, 12 Dec 2019 02:00:00 +0100

I’m excited to announce that the audiobook version of my book, Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results is out now! You can get it on Amazon, Audible and Apple!

Of course, being a little obsessed with content repurposing, I couldn’t just write a book, convert it into an audiobook and leave it at that…not when I’m a podcaster. So, in true Content 10x spirit, I decided to repurpose my audiobook (or at least a chapter of it) into an episode of the podcast! Hit play and listen to Chapter 1 of my audiobook for free.

Listen in to hear:

How content repurposing can help maximize the potential of every piece of content you create
Unearthing the true meaning of content and content marketing
Creative ways you can repurpose your content
Indisputable reasons why you owe it to yourself, your content, and your audience to repurpose
A few real-life examples of content repurposing done right

If you want to find out more, click here.

How to Repurpose An Epic Livestream into a Book with David Bain

Thu, 05 Dec 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Writing a book is hard. No doubt – anyone who tells you otherwise is lying! It takes hours of brainstorming, writing, editing and rewriting. Ideas fizzle out. Words become hard to come by and people just…give up!

A mistake I see a lot of people make is assuming that if they want to write a book, they need to completely start from scratch…yet they are prolific content creators. You can save a lot of time by repurposing some of your existing content (from your podcast, blog, videos, etc.) into your book.

Believe me, it’s possible. After all, I wrote the book, Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results, using a lot of my own content and I’m not the only one.

I’m always on the lookout for interesting examples of repurposing content into a book. Ready for something different?! Author of Marketing Now, David Bain, knows a thing or two about finding creative ways to repurpose content into a book…he repurposed an EPIC livestream series into a book, Marketing Now, which is packed full of actionable marketing advice from 134 of the world’s leading marketers.

In this episode, you’ll learn about the creative repurposing strategy David took to help write his new book and how you can do the same!

Find out:

Tips for repurposing audio and livestream content into a book
How transcriptions can help to repurpose audio and video content into a book
Why you should create content with the intention of repurposing
Common repurposing challenges and how to overcome them

To find out more and to explore other episodes, click here.

5 Ways to Repurpose Content for Lead Generation

Thu, 28 Nov 2019 02:00:00 +0100

If you spend time consistently creating quality content then you know just how time consuming it can be. It’s so important that we maximize our return and we do so by content repurposing. However, all too often we look at repurposing by breaking long form content down (which is great to do)…but how about bringing long form content TOGETHER into even bigger masterpieces?!

Bonus if those big, masterpieces of content can be used for lead generation.

In podcast episode 110, I shared how you can break your content ideas down for a higher volume of in-depth content. In this episode I share how you can make your in-depth long form content even bigger, to gain new leads and grow your email list.

Find out about:

5 ways to repurpose your content for lead generation
How repurposing can be about combining content together as well as breaking it down
Smart ways to repurpose online content into print media

You can read the full blog post and podcast episode here.

Content Repurposing & When Less is Not More!

Thu, 21 Nov 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Consistently creating quality content will help you to reach your target audience and ultimately grow your business. It’s not to be overlooked, but coming up with the topic for your next video, blog post, podcast episode…etc can sometimes be challenging, even for the most prolific of content creators!

A mistake that I see a lot of people make is that they share too much all at once, missing the opportunity to make their content ideas go so much further.

I help you avoid falling into the pitfall of creating long and densely packed pieces of content that will send your audience into a slumber. I look to the world of wizardry and wine to prove that sometimes, more is more.

Find out about:

How to make your content ideas go further
How to leave your audience wanting more
How creating more in depth content can be better than single ‘epic’ pieces

You can read the full blog post and podcast episode here

Creating Online Courses by Repurposing Content with Teresa Heath-Wareing

Thu, 14 Nov 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Creating and selling online courses can be a great way to monetize your expertise. Often portrayed as the ‘holy grail’ of online passive income. There’s no doubt it’s a great way to help people, share your expertise and generate an income. But, how do you go about creating your own online course? Can you repurpose content in order to create a course? Can you repurpose your courses?!

Thankfully, my guest on the podcast, Teresa Heath-Wareing, was able to spill the beans on how she repurposes content for her online courses. Teresa is an award-winning International speaker, TEDx speaker, trainer, podcaster, author and business owner. She’s noted as one of the UK's top Marketing Influencers and has worked with international brands such as Land Rover, Jaguar, Rightmove and Leadpages as well as having her online membership - The Marketing that Converts Academy - where she repurposes content to create online courses.

Find out:

How to repurpose content to create an online course
Why it’s important to start small and focus on solving one problem for your audience
Reasons why it’s okay to repurpose free content into paid content
Ways in which online courses can be repurposed for lead generation

Find out more and read the blog post here.

Book Repurposing: How Quality Content Can Lead to Publishing a Book with Mike Morrison

Thu, 07 Nov 2019 02:00:00 +0100

How does a busy business owner and content creator launch a book when time is not on his side?

The answer is simple. Repurposing!

My guest this week is Mike Morrison from The Membership Guys. We discuss the ways in which he leveraged his content in different formats to produce 2 books.

How he repurposed his podcast into book content
Using a 30-day email challenge as the starting point for his 1^st book
The mindset needed for every content creator to repurpose effectively

Find out more and explore other episodes here.

Content Repurposing and The Importance of Consistent Messaging

Thu, 31 Oct 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Consistent messaging is key to growing any business and personal brand, and content repurposing can help.

If you offer your customers a specific solution, you want to shout all about it. That’s why it’s so important that your message doesn’t get lost under a heap of scattergun content.

Once you are clear on your message and the problem that you solve, your message must be consistent across multiple platforms to demonstrate that you’re the person to go to if anyone ever needs help with that problem.

An effective way to stay consistent with messaging is to repurpose your content.

In this episode find out:

How content repurposing helps with consistent messaging
Why you need to understand what you do and what you can help people with
The importance of consistent messaging

If you want to find out more, explore other episodes or read the blog post, click here.

Top 5 Ways to Repurpose Your Book Content for Marketing

Thu, 24 Oct 2019 02:00:00 +0100

This week is a super exciting week for Content 10x and this podcast, because on the 23^rd October I officially launched my book Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results.

Marketing a book can be incredibly time consuming. I’ve found it a real challenge as I’m also running a busy creative agency, traveling and speaking at events, and growing my team. But all the time that I’ve been creating this book, I’ve tried to always have a repurposing mindset, especially when it comes to the big challenge of marketing the book.

That’s why, this week I want to share with you my top 5 tips that will save you time and effort in your own marketing campaigns. This episode is really useful if you have written a book or are thinking of writing one (maybe in the process of…). But, many of the tips can be translated into all sorts of projects involving content, including new services and products.

Find out about:

My top 5 tips for using repurposed content to market your book
How repurposing content can save you time and help you market like a pro
How you can create social media copy from your book and photos of excerpts of the book
Repurposing your journey to launch as part of your marketing material

You can find the full blog post and podcast episode here.

Unlocking Secrets of Facebook Ads & Repurposing with Zach Hesterberg

Thu, 17 Oct 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Facebook ads can seem intimidating to many business owners. But it is such a powerful tool that you really shouldn’t ignore! Good news is that you can incorporate repurposing into your FB ads strategy.

My guest this week, Zach Hesterberg, says that Facebook is THE most powerful advertising platform around.

Zach is a Facebook ads expert and he shared his knowledge and offered some great tips on best ways to utilize ads
Reasons why Facebook ads are so effective
Learn the art of repurposing and retargeting to your Facebook audience
How to incorporate repurposed content into Instagram
Tips on how to get started with ads

Have a listen! To find out more, explore other episodes and read the blog post click here.

Repurposing your Premium Content for Marketing

Thu, 10 Oct 2019 02:00:00 +0100

It’s the Content 10x Podcast’s 2^nd birthday. A big thanks to everyone who has listened and supported the show.

Ever feel like you are constantly re-inventing the wheel in your marketing and struggling to come up with new content ideas to market your membership service or premium content?

Well, there is a way to ensure you have a consistent pipeline of marketing material that can give you back control over your marketing, give you added transparency and congruency of your product and services.

That’s why this week’s episode of the podcast (and blog post), covers the topic of repurposing the content you have already within your membership / premium service and turning that into marketing content itself!

Find out about:

How repurposing materials from your membership site or premium content can provide you with a wealth of marketing material
How repurposing your premium content into marketing content creates added benefits, like transparency and congruency for your brand and your business
What premium content you should be looking to slice, dice and repurpose

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, head here.

YouTube Publishing Tips & Repurposing A Video Into a Blog Post with Natalie Hailey

Thu, 03 Oct 2019 02:00:00 +0100

If you want to use one piece of content to repurpose into 10x the amount, video content is a great place to start. When you start with a video as your pillar content, you have exactly what you need to repurpose it into a host of other content.

But what happens once you’ve created all of that content? How should you go about publishing it and how are you going to get as many eyes on your repurposed content as possible?

On this episode of the podcast (and blog post), I’m joined by Natalie Hailey, who is a Content Manager and the Founder of Hot Content. She works with small business owners and entrepreneurs and helps them to be consistent with their content and make the most of their content.

Find out about:

Why consistency is key when it comes to creating, promoting and publishing content
How to get the most engagement from your YouTube videos
How to repurpose a YouTube video into a blog post

To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, head over here.

How to Repurpose Your Blog Posts on Quora

Thu, 26 Sep 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Did you know that you can repurpose your blog posts onto Quora?

Quora is a minefield of questions waiting to be answered and an ideal place to demonstrate your expertise, build a following and of course, repurpose your blog posts!

Repurposing your blog posts on Quora is a great way to put your content and your business/brand in front of the right people…people who want to learn from your expertise in order to get answers to their questions.

On this episode and blog post, you’ll discover how to repurpose your blog posts on Quora for the most impact and engagement.

Find out about:

How businesses/brands use Quora to build awareness and generate leads
The benefits of repurposing content on Quora
The two best ways to repurpose your blog post on Quora for the most engagement

If you want to find out more about repurposing blog posts on Quora, you can listen to the full podcast episode and/or read the blog post here.

How to Repurpose Content Like A Pro with Jay Baer

Thu, 19 Sep 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Do you want to learn how masterminds in the world of content marketing repurpose their content?

Hall of Fame speaker and New York Times best-selling author, Jay Baer, joins the Content 10x podcast to discuss how he repurposes content from The Talk Triggers Show, and more, and he shares tips to help you repurpose your content like a true (social) pro!

Jay has truly leveraged the power of repurposing for his ‘talk triggers’ content - proving that when you have great messages to share, repurposing allows you to amplify your ideas and delight both old and new audiences.

Find out about:

How Jay repurposes his content for maximum impact
The many ways you can repurpose research into a speech, a book, video, podcast, social media content, and more
The importance of video content if you want to build your brand

To find out more about Jay, you can check out his personal website or head over to Convince & Convert to learn more about implanting effective strategies for customer acquisition and retention.

To listen to the Social Pros Podcast hosted by Jay Baer and Adam Brown, click here.

You can also catch The Talk Triggers Show as either a podcast or a video show on YouTube (the choice is yours!).

If you want to find out more and read the blog post, click here.

Lessons Learned from 100 Episodes of the Podcast

Thu, 12 Sep 2019 02:00:00 +0100

It’s a very special occasion at the C10x HQ today as we’re celebrating 100 episodes of the Content 10x podcast!

Aside from clinking champagne glasses and wondering where the time went, my team and I have taken this huge milestone as an opportunity to reflect on lessons learned from recording, publishing and repurposing 100 episodes!

As we reach our 100th episode, it’s incredible to look back at our humble beginnings to see exactly where and how it all started and more importantly, how we’ve developed and what we’ve learned since then. Our repurposing strategies and the ways that we create and repurpose our content have evolved with us over time, which is what I want to share with you in this special episode and blog post!

Of course, as a content repurposing business, we have not only learnt lessons based on our own podcast and content, but based on the work that we do for our clients too. We’re very fortunate to have wonderful clients and I’m so blessed to have such a dedicated team of content managers, publishers, copywriters, graphic designers, video and audio editors, that work tirelessly to serve our clients and maximise the reach of their content through the power of repurposing!

To prepare for this special episode, my team and I had an in-depth meeting where we reflected on how our own repurposing strategies and tactics have changed over time. Sounds intense…it wasn’t…we had fun…it’s been a fantastic journey and we’ve only just begun!

Find out about:

Our most important lessons learned from recording, publishing and repurposing 100 episodes of the podcast
How our creative, publishing and copywriting processes have evolved over time
The importance of planning your content and being consistent with it – no matter what!

For more information, click here.

5 Ways to Repurpose Your Guest Appearances

Thu, 05 Sep 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Have you ever thought about repurposing content from your guest appearances?

For example, you can feature your guest interview on your own podcast or video show, or repost your guest article elsewhere (perhaps reworded), share video footage of your talk on your social media…there are plenty of ways to make the most out of your hard work and have more quality content to share with your own audience.

Tune into this episode to discover five ways that you can repurpose guest appearances and content contributions to give you the best return on investment.

Find out about:

How to repurpose audio and video content from your guest appearances
Tips for repurposing written content from a guest blog post
How to maximise your ROI and make the most out of your content contributions

To find out more and listen to the full episode, click here.

The Best Way to Repurpose Content on Twitter with Dan Knowlton

Thu, 29 Aug 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Twitter is a fantastic platform to engage with people instantly, build connections and share your thoughts with the world. However, with 500 million tweets per day, how can you stand out and grow your audience? And, more importantly, how can you repurpose your longer form content effectively on the platform?

I spoke to social media marketing expert Dan Knowlton all about Twitter - he shared his expertise on how to use the platform in the most effective way and how repurpose your content on the platform.

We discussed:

What content works best on Twitter
How to repurpose your content into tweets, livestreams, videos and much more
The main mistakes people make with content marketing

To listen to the full podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

Clever ways to Repurpose Client Testimonials and Reviews

Thu, 22 Aug 2019 02:00:00 +0100

The power of social proof should never be underestimated.

A business can tell people how great they are, share lots of stories, and even provide evidence via case studies. However, the most powerful and the most persuasive marketing and sales message actually comes from our own happy customers.

Once you have client testimonials you really want to make the most of them since you worked so hard and did such a great job getting them. Here at Content 10x, I regularly repurpose client testimonials to make sure that everyone sees them!

Here are some unique and clever ways you can repurpose your testimonials to get more clients and exposure for your business.

Find out about:

Why client testimonials are so important
Different ways to repurpose video and written testimonials
How to share these testimonials on both social media and print

If you want to listen to the full podcast episode or read the blog post, click here.

Engagement Metrics: How to Find Out if People Actually Consume your Content

Thu, 15 Aug 2019 09:36:00 +0100

There are lots of different metrics that can help us to understand how our content is performing. But, some metrics are far more insightful than others; they are the engagement metrics that share an insight into our audiences’ behavior beyond the download, subscribe or follow.

These metrics help us to work out if people are actually consuming our content…in other words if they care and if they will go onto take the action that we desire.

How do we find out whether our audience is listening, watching or reading all of our content? If clicks, views and downloads don’t tell us the whole story, what does?

I’m going to share the best engagement metrics for podcasts, video, email and social media. Once you have the important metrics, you can take steps to improve your content, focus on what your audience loves and even figure out what content to repurpose!

Find out about:

What metrics tell you whether your audience are engaging with your content
The best metrics for podcasts, video, email and social media
How you can use these metrics to improve your content

If you want to listen to the full podcast episode or read the blog post, click here.

Best of Social Media Content Repurposing Tips

Thu, 08 Aug 2019 02:00:00 +0100

On a mission to maximize your content’s reach and engagement on social? The answer lies in repurposing and there are lots of ways to repurpose content onto social media. Not only that, but you can repurpose social media content too, for example, your Facebook Live videos, IGTV videos, etc. You can take your best-performing social content and repurpose it across multiple channels, presenting it in a different way to new audiences.

This episode is a round-up of some of the best social media content repurposing tips that we’ve shared on the podcast in the past 6 months. I'm taking my own advice from episode 91, where I talked about how you can bring back some of your ‘best bits’ and create new, fresh content.

Find out about:

Top tips for repurposing your social media content
How to repurpose video content on Facebook
How to choose the best-performing hashtags for Instagram

If you want to listen to the full podcast episode and read the blog post, click here.

How Effective Podcast Repurposing Has Helped a Niche Offline Business Grow with Mike Richards

Thu, 01 Aug 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Have you ever wondered whether having a podcast may be more suited for online businesses vs. traditional brick and mortar businesses? Or, maybe you've considered starting a podcast but you're worried it won’t be worth the effort because you work in a niche industry where podcasts are not a 'thing'?

If so, think again. You're about to hear an inspiring story of how we have worked with a great client to launch a podcast in a super-niche industry....and how he's absolutely crushing it!

My guest on the podcast is Mike Richards. Mike is a client, good friend and the CEO of the Treasury Recruitment Company, plus he's the host of the Treasury Career Corner Podcast.

In 2018 Mike started a podcast to grow his personal brand and position himself as an expert in his industry. Whilst he was really excited to launch his podcast and felt in good hands working with us, he also didn't have unrealistic expectations. He wasn't expecting to be the next Pat Flynn or John Lee Dumas - he knew that he faced a challenge when it came to finding listeners...and the challenge of people not even knowing what a podcast was! (hence repurposing was essential)

Luckily we had his back! Mike has seen HUGE success. With over 10,000 downloads globally in its first year, lots of new doors have opened, and business really is booming. By repurposing the podcast to expand his reach Mike has become known as the man in treasury...in fact, he's somewhat of a celebrity in industry circles!

Listen in to find out:

How we developed a repurposing strategy for Mike’s business
How repurposing quality content has helped a niche business grow globally
Benefits both Mike's personal brand and the business have seen thanks to launching and recording a podcast

To listen to the full podcast and read the blog post, click here.

Content 10x The Book – An Update & How to Repurpose Content into a Book

Thu, 25 Jul 2019 02:00:00 +0100

You may have heard me tease the idea of my book before but now it’s really happening; my very first book called Content 10x – More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results will be available for pre-order mid-August.

I’ve poured my heart, soul and all my content repurposing knowledge into this book, it’s certainly not one to miss. In this episode I provide an update on the book and how I was able to base many chapters of the book on my existing content.

If you want to find out more about how to leverage content repurposing to write a book, tune into episode 93 of the podcast.

Listen in to find out:

An update on my upcoming new book
How I repurposed existing content to write my book
The process of planning a book and how this helped me identify new content to create

If you want to dive into this episode with me, click here.

How to Get Started with LinkedIn Live with Ian Anderson Gray

Thu, 18 Jul 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Have you tried using LinkedIn Live yet?

Other platforms such as Facebook, Instagram and YouTube have offered live video for years. LinkedIn, however, took their time rolling out their own live video service – LinkedIn Live.

But, is it all hype or will is succeed? And, how does it work?

Join me and the leading expert in live video marketing, Ian Anderson Gray, on this episode of the podcast to find out more about how you can broadcast to LinkedIn and connect with your audience in a completely new way.

Tune in to discover:

The latest on the LinkedIn Live roll-out and how it works
Tips for getting started with LinkedIn Live
How to repurpose your LinkedIn Live video into an arsenal of new content

To listen to my full discussion with Ian, click here.

Repurposing to Stay Consistent with your Content

Thu, 11 Jul 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Are you consistent with your content? Or, do you struggle to keep up?

If you’re in a habit of “falling off track” when it comes to creating and publishing regular, consistent, content don’t be too hard on yourself. It can happen to us all.

In particular, there can be really challenging times in the year, like during the summer months and over the festive and new year period, where so much is going on outside of the business (for you and your team) that your usual content creation regime is pretty much impossible.

When you’re trying to stay consistent with your content but don’t have the time (or energy) to keep creating new content, repurposing is your answer.

So, if you want to save time with content creation and stay consistent with your content schedule, tune into episode 91 of the podcast to hear my top three tips!

Tune in to discover:

How repurposing can help keep your content consistent during busy times
Three ways to use your older content as new content
How repurposing older content can come with the bonus of lots of additional content already created

If you want to listen to this episode in all its glory, click here.

How to Create Content that Sells with Jess Lorimer

Thu, 04 Jul 2019 02:00:00 +0100

If you want your content to produce long-term traffic and drive sales, you’ve got to learn how to create and repurpose content that sells.

But how can you create marketing content that sells? And, how can you tell if a piece of content is persuasive enough to convert a customer?

Join me and Jessica Lorimer on episode 90 of the podcast and discover the roadmap to help you create content that converts and therefore allows you to become an unapologetic wealth creator.

We discussed:

How to create content that leads to sales
How to sell with content without being too pushy
How to measure content in relation to sales

To listen to the full podcast episode and read the blog post, head here.

Changes to IGTV - Repurposing YouTube videos onto IGTV

Thu, 27 Jun 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Did you know that IGTV is no longer a vertical video only platform?

If you’re an avid Instagram user, you’ve probably already noticed that the platform now supports landscape video. But what you might now know is that the ability to post landscape videos on IGTV has a host of repurposing repercussions!

Tune into this episode of the podcast to discover how IGTV’s ability to post horizontal videos can impact how you interact with your followers on the platform and most notably, how you can repurpose YouTube videos onto IGTV.

Find out about:

The repurposing repercussions of IGTV supporting horizontal videos
Why vertical video has become so popular
The pros and cons of posting landscape, particularly YouTube videos, to IGTV

To listen to this podcast episode, click here.

How to Repurpose a Podcast into a Cartoon Video Animation

Thu, 20 Jun 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Repurposing your podcast into an avalanche of new content is one of the best ways to spread awareness, attract more listeners and reach a larger audience. With the popularity of podcasts continuing to grow, you’ve got to come up with creative ways to stay top of mind and keep the downloads coming.

In this week’s podcast episode, I’m excited to introduce you to my special guest, Steve Davis (aka Studio Steve) from Pod Sound School to talk about his awesome podcast repurposing and how he transforms his audio content into an amazing video animation.

Tune in to learn about:

How to repurpose podcast content into a cartoon video animation
Why repurposing your podcast into video is worth the time investment
Top tips for improving the sound quality of your podcast

To find out more, click here.

5 Ways to Measure The Effectiveness of Your Content Repurposing

Thu, 13 Jun 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Although your content repurposing strategy might be on fire and bringing a lot of traction and engagement your way, there’s really no telling how it’s impacting your business’ bottom line without monitoring and measuring its performance.

In this episode of the podcast, I wanted to respond to some feedback I recently had when I asked my audience on Instagram what they wanted to know a bit more about. A few of my followers wanted to learn more about how to track and measure content repurposing endeavors.

I thought this topic was super interesting. After all, who doesn’t want to measure the effectiveness of their content repurposing efforts?

So, if you want to find out how you can measure content repurposing, tune in!

Find out:

How to use Google Analytics to discover how much traffic your repurposed content attracts
Tips for monitoring engagement and growth on social media
What metrics you should consider when monitoring the impact of content repurposing on your business

To listen to the full episode, head over to: content10x.com/87

How to Repurpose a TEDx Talk with Mark Asquith

Thu, 06 Jun 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Delivering a TEDx Talk is a highly sought-after accolade for many speakers.

Delivering a TEDx Talk can have far reaching positive outcomes. If you are a speaker, it really raises the bar for you to call yourself a TEDx speaker. In many ways, it gives you that x-factor and brings some bling to your speaker reel!

On episode 86 of the podcast, I sat down with my good friend, Mark Asquith, to talk all about his experiences in delivering a TEDx Talk and how he was able to repurpose many aspects of the experience.

Tune in to find out:

How to prepare for a TEDx talk and make the most of existing content
How to repurpose content from a TEDx Talk for social media, your blog and podcast
How to repurpose the video recording of a TEDx Talk into lots of social media videos

To listen to the full podcast episode, head over to: content10x.com/86

Key Findings From The Infinite Dial 2019 Report

Wed, 29 May 2019 02:00:00 +0100

We can learn a lot about current trends and user behavior on social media by looking at the data uncovered by Edison Research and Triton Digital’s Infinite Dial 2019 report.

I’ll admit…every time the latest Infinite Dial Report comes out, I get super excited because as a content creator, I’m able to use key findings from the report to review my own social media strategy. The results from the report can help you identify what platforms to focus on and perhaps more importantly, where to repurpose to.

After all, I always say that you need to make sure you create content for the platforms your audience is on, and stay up to date on the trends. In this episode of the podcast, I dive into some of the key findings from this year’s Infinite Dial report and look at how this information can be useful when it comes to strategizing and planning our own content marketing tactics.

Tune into this podcast episode to find out:

Key findings from the Infinite Dial Report 2019
How to use this data to craft a more effective social media marketing strategy
My conclusion in terms of where to focus content efforts this year

To listen to the full episode, head over to: content10x.com/85

Podcast Repurposing Has Never Been More Important

Thu, 23 May 2019 02:00:00 +0100

We talk about podcast repurposing a lot here at the Content 10x HQ, but just how necessary is it to attract and maintain a loyal following?

In my opinion, the Edison Research Podcast Consumer Report 2019 answers this question with a resounding – YOU MUST REPURPOSE YOUR PODCAST!!

This really insightful research study reveals lots of interesting insights about the podcasting audience in America and their behaviors. There’s a lot we can learn about this data from a content marketing and content repurposing perspective, so let’s dig in!

Tune into this podcast episode to find out:

Key findings from the Podcast Consumer Report 2019
How people aware of podcasts but not listening could become fans via repurposed content
Most people find podcasts via search engines and on social media – making repurposing essential

To listen to the full episode, go to: content10x.com/84

What is your Content Repurposing Knowledge to Action Gap?

Thu, 16 May 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Is there something you know you should be doing more of but you just…don’t? Maybe you’ve worked tirelessly to create amazing content and instead of repurposing it (like you know you should), you don’t.

On this episode of the podcast, I help you identify why you’ve got this knowledge to action gap and what you can do to start repurposing your content more regularly and with real purpose.

Find out about:

What the knowledge to action gap is
Working out why you don’t repurpose as much as you want to
3 ways to take more content repurposing action

To listen to this episode, go to: content10x.com/83

Repurposing Bloopers: 3 Ways to Repurpose Your Mishaps!

Thu, 09 May 2019 02:00:00 +0100

If you create video and audio content, then in all likelihood, if you're human…mistakes and mishaps will have been made along the way!

Great news! You don’t need to delete all of your bloopers, you can repurpose them!

In this episode, I look at why and how you can save outtakes and bloopers and recycle them within a different context.

Discover:

Why you should not delete all of your mistakes and mishaps
Why people love and share bloopers – it’s not because we’re all mean!
3 ways that you can repurpose your bloopers

Check it out at: content10x.com/82

How to Use Hashtags on Instagram

Thu, 02 May 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Do you want to get more eyes and engagement on your Instagram posts? I bet you do. After all, what’s the point in creating and publishing all of that amazing visual content if nobody sees it?

Countless studies have shown that Instagram posts with hashtags get way more engagement than those without any.

But, how can you use hashtags on Instagram to get the best results?

On episode 81 of the podcast, I reveal why it’s important to be strategic with your hashtags and I share the same winning hashtag formula we use here at Content 10x.

Find out about:

How hashtags can help your content get found on Instagram
Why it’s important to be strategic with using hashtags
Top tips and advice on how to research the best hashtags for you

To find out more head to: content10x.com/81

The Importance of Visual Content

Thu, 25 Apr 2019 02:00:00 +0100

It takes a lot of effort to create an engaging piece of content. But the creation of a piece is only half of the job; the rest lies in how you publish the content. There are smart ways to do this, and not so smart ways, and it’s worthwhile learning the difference.

In episode 80 I share some useful tips for promoting and repurposing your long-form content such as blog posts, videos, or podcast episodes with accompanying visual content. If you’re going to spend the time to create a high-quality piece of content, make sure you’re reaping the rewards for your efforts. Don’t underestimate the importance of visual content.

Find Out:

Why visual content is so important on social media
Why it’s important to create visuals for each piece of content that you are promoting
How you can repurpose your visual content
Much more

To find out more head to content10x.com/80

What’s working on LinkedIn with Sam Rathling

Thu, 18 Apr 2019 02:00:00 +0100

2019 is the year of LinkedIn. Are you on LinkedIn? Are you creating, promoting and repurposing content on LinkedIn?

Do want to find out what’s working and not working, and how to really rock on the platform?

I invited LinkedIn expert Sam Rathling onto the podcast to talk all things LinkedIn and it was a fantastic discussion. Find out:

How to optimize your LinkedIn profile
Exactly what content to post on LinkedIn
How to repurpose and promote your existing content to your LinkedIn followers
Why engagement is so important on the platform and how to create engaging posts
So much more!

Find out more head to content10x.com/79

Copy Repurposing: How to Make Your Words go Further

Thu, 11 Apr 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Have you ever spent a long time finding exactly the right words to use for your content? Maybe you were trying to find that perfect phrase for your homepage, a captivating opening to a blog post, or genius sales copy for a new landing page?

We’ve all been there. Finding the right words and phrases is not easy.

Copywriting is not easy!

The good news is that all of the time and effort that you spend finding those perfect words does not need to be for a one-time use. You should always look for opportunities to repurpose your copy.

Tune in to this week’s podcast to find out:

Why writing strong and effective copy is so important to connect with your audience
How you can repurpose you copy to make your efforts and your words go further
Resources available to help you write great copy

Check it out at: Content10x.com/78

The Importance of Branding When You Repurpose Content with Phil Pallen

Thu, 04 Apr 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Would you like to learn more about how to stay true to your brand when repurposing your content?

Join me and my special guest, brand strategist Phil Pallen, to find out lots of really useful tips on branding and consistency with your content.

Learn all about:

The importance of branding for business
Top tips for creating content for your brand
How you can repurpose your content consistently to align with your brand
How you can create an effective brand with personality

To find out more and to read the full blog post, head over to content10x.com/77

Can You Improve Your Content Distribution?

Thu, 28 Mar 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Do you ever stop and think about whether your content is published in as many relevant places as possible?

You go to so much effort to create your content…your podcast episodes, video content, blog posts, etc, so how widely distributed is your content when you hit the ‘publish’ button?

Also, do you take action to help ensure that your content will get found by search engines?

When I was at Podfest in Orlando in early March I discovered a couple of simple, yet important things that content creators can do to really improve their overall content distribution, which I share in the this podcast episode.

Find out:

How to effectively maximise your content distribution to grow your audience
How you can benefit from written content to complement your video or podcast
Tips and advice for reviewing your content distribution and simple, quick steps to improve it

For more information and to explore other episodes go to: Content10x.com/76

How to Repurpose Content on Facebook: What’s Working in 2019?

Thu, 21 Mar 2019 02:00:00 +0100

There are over 2 billion active users on Facebook each month. The question is, as a content creator, what are the best ways to repurpose your content onto Facebook to get in front of your ideal audience on the platform. Or, if you’re already creating lots of content on Facebook, how can you repurpose it?

I had the pleasure of speaking with Liz Melville, a highly regarded Facebook ads and marketing specialist, with over eight years of experience in promoting brands and businesses online, to find out more.

We discussed:

How to repurpose content on Facebook
Why you should be creating video content for Facebook
What’s working and not working in 2019
How you make the most of Facebook Live

Content strategies if you have a profile, page and group

For more info and to read the full blog post, head on over to content10x.com/75

How to Promote Your Content Like it’s a Movie Premiere!

Thu, 14 Mar 2019 02:00:00 +0100

You’ve created some fantastic content, but that’s just the start. What use is great content if nobody knows about it?

By using promotional tactics from the movie industry, you can create great awareness of your content and your audience will be chomping at the bit for its release.

Tune in to this week’s episode to learn:

Four ways to get your audience talking about the release of your content using tips from the movie industry
How to generate not just awareness of your content, but an appetite for its release
How to make effective use of social media platforms by repurposing your content for promotion and distribution

Check it out at: Content10x.com/74

How to Effectively Repurpose your Content into a Press Release with Sally Falkow

Thu, 07 Mar 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Do you know how to create press releases in order to get your content in front of your desired audience in the newspaper, or on radio and TV?

Perhaps you’re thinking why would you do this…why bother with press releases in the digital age when we can reach so many people via social media and other means. However, getting attention in the press and knowing how to create a press release may be really useful for you and your business. What’s more, perhaps you can repurpose content into a press release so it does not take too much more time and effort, yet reaps many rewards. Interested?

In this week’s episode of the Content 10x podcast I interview Sally Falkow, an Accredited PR practitioner with the Public Relations Society of America.

We discuss:

What press releases are
The benefits of a press release
How to get started with producing press releases
Repurposing a press release into other forms of content

To read the blog post and explore other episodes, visit Content10x.com/73

Why You Should Maximize The Content That You Create For Events

Thu, 28 Feb 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Conferences, trade shows, workshops, seminars, networking events and so on puts your business in front of highly targeted leads. It’s also a great chance to forge business relationships and network with potential partners.

But, in a sea of businesses with lots going on around you, how can you make sure that yours stand out?

In this podcast episode, I share the repurposing considerations that we have put in place to prepare for the Podfest Multimedia Expo event 2019 to make sure that our hard work is maximized. If you’re attending an event soon and need to create content for a workshop, trade show or seminar, etc. this episode will give you lots of inspiration!

Tune in to find out:

Ways to repurpose content for events if you are speaking or exhibiting
Tips for creating engaging leaflets and banners
How to write engaging copy using the ‘avatar empathy’ approach

If you want to find out more, go to content10x.com/72

How to Repurpose a Podcast into a Book with Emily Prokop

Thu, 21 Feb 2019 02:00:00 +0100

My special guest Emily Prokop talks about turning her podcast into that book, something that she always dreamt about and it all happened because one person loved her podcast…and that person happened to be a publisher!

We discuss the following:

How you can repurpose a podcast into that winning book
Why repurposing content created a ready-made audience
The importance of knowing the right tools for the job

To read the full blog post, head on over to content10x.com/71.

To listen to previous episodes click here.

3 Smart Ways to Repurpose Video & Audio Content to Written Content

Thu, 14 Feb 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Did you know that you can repurpose your video or audio content into written content to populate your social media channels, website or blog?

Accompanying your video or audio content with written content improves your discoverability and helps you to rank higher on Google. Plus, it helps people decide whether they actually want to listen or watch your content.

On this episode of the podcast, I share my thoughts on whether or not you should repurpose your video or podcast into written content such as transcripts, blog posts and show notes.

Find out about:

Why you should repurpose your video or audio into written content
Using optimized written content to boost your SEO ranking
The pros and cons of repurposing audio and video content into a transcript

If you’d like to read the full blog post, head over to: content10x.com/70

How to Repurpose a Podcast into an Alexa Flash Briefing with Sigrun

Thu, 07 Feb 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Did you know that over 43 million people in the US have a smart speaker?

People use smart speakers to listen to music, make calls, get traffic and weather updates, listening to podcasts, order food and groceries, controlling household devices, flash briefings and so much more.

Flash briefings are short, informative pieces of pre-recorded audio that last up to 10 minutes long. And, you can even create your own flash briefing skill to supply short bursts of content to your audience via their Alexa-enabled device.

In this podcast episode, I’m joined by Sigrun, who is an expert when it comes to sharing her message and has been very forward thinking in getting in on Alexa flash briefings as an early adopter. We talk about how businesses like yours can use Alexa flash briefings to build and connect with your audience. We also talk about how you can repurpose your podcast content into an Alexa flash briefing!

Tune in to learn:

Why Alexa flash briefings is a great way to connect with more people & grow your business
How to repurpose your podcast content (and transcripts) into an Alexa flash briefing
Tips for encouraging people to add you to their daily flash briefing

Head over to: content10x.com/69

Creative Content Repurposing: Slides to a Comic Book

Thu, 31 Jan 2019 02:00:00 +0100

When you put lots of time and effort into creating a single piece of content, it’s worth thinking about how you can make the most out of it. Maybe you could find a unique way to repurpose it into a different format – like we did when we repurposed photo slides into a comic book!

In this episode, I share a story about how you can make your own comic book by repurposing slides. I also reveal some of my best tips and advice on how you can be really creative and think outside of the box when repurposing your content.

Tune in to learn:

How to repurpose a slide show into a comic book
The importance of thinking of creative ways to repurpose your content
Using repurposed slides to reach new audiences

Head over to: content10x.com/68

Importance of Video Marketing with Jason Hsiao

Thu, 24 Jan 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Video is one of the best ways for businesses to drive sales. 93% of businesses that use video say it’s gotten them a new customer thanks to a video they shared on social media.

There’s no doubt that video is a powerful way to grow your business. But are you leveraging video marketing for your business as much as you should?

To help you answer that question, I’ve invited Jason Hsiao, the co-founder of Animoto onto the podcast to talk about the importance of video marketing and why it should be a key part of your online marketing strategy.

Tune in to learn:

How to create a powerful video without having any technical or editing experience
Tips for repurposing your video into compelling trailers and teasers
Using video to humanize your business and build trust in your brand
How to leverage video marketing if you’re camera shy
What type of video content works best on each social media platform
How to make an engaging video for your audience

For more information head over to content10x.com/67.

4 Top Tips on How to Convert Video to Audio

Thu, 17 Jan 2019 02:00:00 +0100

Do you want to learn how to convert video to audio?

By extracting the audio from your video, you can create even more great content. But, despite what you might think, extracting audio from a video isn’t as easy as uploading your file to a dodgy MP4 to MP3 converter app!

In this episode, I share my top four tips on how to convert your video to audio.

Tune in to learn:

How to repurpose your video content into high-quality audio content
How to reduce the level of background noise in your audio content
Why you should segment your video
How to use appropriate software to help convert video content to audio

To read the blog post and explore other episodes go to: content10x.com/66

How Creating a Variety of Multimedia Content Has Transformed a Fitness Business with Chris Knott

Thu, 10 Jan 2019 02:00:00 +0100

I'd like to introduce you to a good friend of mine, Chris Knott. Chris has completely changed his personal training business over the last few years and this can largely be attributed to creating online content, embracing a multimedia content approach, content repurposing and being consistent.

I find this really interesting because Chris had a ‘bricks and mortar’ offline business, in so much that he only earned income through in-person personal training. It seemed unscalable, but through creating online content, he not only improved his in-person business but he was also able to generate new income streams which were offline AND brand new online income streams too.

In my discussion with Chris he shares his journey from no online content to a very successful blog, podcast, online business partnerships, delivering seminars and a very engaged social media following.

Join our chat to find out:

How creating content online can directly impact the growth of an offline business
Why it’s good to create a variety of content across different mediums and platforms
A simple publishing and content-topic structure that makes it easy to stay consistent over time
How Chris fills his content pipeline in advance without ever needing to rush
How to lean on the credibility of industry giants when you're just getting started

To read the full blog post, go to content10x.com/65

Content Marketing Predictions for 2019

Thu, 03 Jan 2019 02:00:00 +0100

In order to plan your content well, you need to be able to broadly predict the way things are going – what’s working, what’s not working etc. In this episode I collect some of the research I’ve done and the experience I have in content marketing and lay down my 5 big predictions for 2019 that will help you maximise your efforts this year.

Tune in to learn:

The social media platforms to get involved with in 2019
The ways advancements in technology is impacting audio content
Why our polarised political climate may have contributed to the rise in the impact of raw “behind-the-scenes” video content and tips on how you should create this
Why GDPR is not only survivable, but how you could use it to thrive with your email marketing

Head over to content10x.com/64 to find out more

The Best of Content Repurposing in 2018: Top 5 Podcast Episodes

Thu, 27 Dec 2018 02:00:00 +0100

As 2018 draws to a close I decided to wrap up the year by sharing with you the 5 most popular Content 10x podcast episodes of 2018 (based on downloads). Every episode is about content repurposing - sharing specific tip, tricks and advice on how to repurpose your content and get the most value from your hard work and reach more people.

Thanks to each and every one of you for your continued support of the show.

I already have some wonderful podcast episodes lined up for 2019, but in the meantime I hope you enjoy this roundup of the top 5 most popular episodes from 2018.

Click here to find out more. https://www.content10x.com/63

Happy content repurposing!

Content Planning & Content Repurposing with Janet Murray

Thu, 20 Dec 2018 02:00:00 +0100

Would you like to learn how you can plan your content strategy for the whole year and have a content strategy that directly links to your business goals and endeavors?

Join me and my special guest, Janet Murray, on the podcast to find out how you can plan a year of content with help from Janet’s 2019 Media Diary paired with a very simple step-by-step content planning process!

Learn all about:

Why content planning is so important for businesses
How planning your content can help you to build an audience
Publishing relevant and timely content
Develop a yearly content plan for your business
Repurposing your weekly cornerstone content

To read the full blog post, head over to content10x.com/62

The Gift of Repurposing: 5 Giveaway Ideas from your Existing Content

Thu, 13 Dec 2018 02:00:00 +0100

Do you find yourself thinking of ways that you can take part in holiday giveaways, and subsequently find yourself pondering appropriate giveaway ideas?

Whatever the holidays/occasions that you celebrate are, be it Christmas, Thanksgiving, Easter, Diwali, Eid….they all often come with gifting and generosity.

Whilst you’re searching for giveaway ideas, have you considered that you can repurpose your existing content into gifts and giveaways for your audience?

In this week’s podcast episode I talk you through 5 ways to repurpose your existing content into content gifts.

Find out:

How you can bundle together your existing content to create a ‘holiday hamper’!
Creative ways to re-deliver existing content for added value
Review your most popular content and create complementary content as an extra giveaway

Get the podcast episode and accompanying blog post here: https://www.content10x.com/61

8 Ways to Create Content at Live Events

Thu, 06 Dec 2018 02:00:00 +0100

Let me ask you a question…do you create content at live events? Not just at the events, but before, during and after.

If your answer is no then you are missing a huge content opportunity.

Going to events is a fantastic thing to do, it’s great for learning and it’s great for building relationships. You just cannot beat meeting people face-to-face.

But, they’re also often a huge investment – you’ve investing in yourself which is good, but they can take up a lot of time away from your business and family, and make quite a dent on your bank balance too! You can get even move value out of the time that you spend at events by creating lots and lots of content!

In this episode find out:

Why you should create content before, during and after you attend events
8 smart ways to create content at events
Why having a content mindset at events is crucial going to ensure you get as much value as possible from attending

Get the episode and accompanying blog post at: content10x.com/60

Repurposing Twitter Chats with Madalyn Sklar

Thu, 29 Nov 2018 02:00:00 +0100

When it comes to repurposing content, we spend a lot of time thinking about what we can post to Twitter, rather than repurposing content that’s already on there.

I was keen to speak to someone who’s a real expert in Twitter and a number of my friends pointed to me to Madalyn Sklar as THE person to speak to.

Madalyn is the host of two wildly popular Twitter chats - Twitter Smarter, which was launched six years ago and has since then amassed over 6 billion impressions and her second, Social ROI.

Tune in to find out:

Why Twitter is the best platform to have short but meaningful conversations with people in your industry
How you can repurpose a Twitter Chat into a super-engaging Facebook Live Stream
How you can give longevity to your best tweets by creating a Twitter Moment

Get the episode and blog post at: content10x.com/59

Content Video Trailers: Promote your Content with Short Videos

Thu, 22 Nov 2018 02:00:00 +0100

How do you create engaging content video trailers to promote your latest blog, podcasts, or video content?

New movies and TV shows run trailers and that seems to work pretty well, so why not apply the same marketing techniques to our content! A content video trailer is a short, less than one minute video, explaining the benefits of your content. It’s a way to endear yourself to your audience and directly drive interested people back to consume your content.

In this episode I share what exactly I’m doing and how you can try it out for yourself.

Tune it to learn:

How to create quick, engaging video trailers for your content in as little time as possible
The benefits of creating content video trailers
Why starting your blog posts with video trailers enhances your SEO

Head over to: content10x.com/58 to read the blog post and to explore other episodes.

Automation of Podcast and Facebook Live Repurposing with Hani Mourra

Thu, 15 Nov 2018 02:00:00 +0100

How much of your repurposing process can be hands-off?

At Content 10x, I’m always talking about ways to save time, whether it’s with methods or tools. This week I have a special guest on the show, Hani Mourra, creator of Repurpose.io. His web completely automates publishing your vlog as a podcast or your podcast as a vlog…and more.

Tune in to learn:

How to expand the reach of your content without doing extra work
Why podcasters and live-streamers can and should have a presence on all major platforms
How much you can automate or streamline your repurposing process

For more information and the accompanying article visit: content10x.com/57

Turning Your Content on Its Head

Thu, 08 Nov 2018 02:00:00 +0100

You already know how to multiply your content into different formats. Could you expand that even further by taking the same topic from a different angle?

By turning the message of a piece of content on its head, you not only attract different learning styles (written, audio, visual). You can now make the same topic appeal to different personality traits!

Tune in to this week’s episode to learn:

How to repackage the message of one piece of content in an entirely new way by turning it on its head
How to earn even more “market share” of audience by appealing to the wide spectrum of personality traits
How to multiply the usefulness of your content research by looking at it from different angles, not turning it into different formats

Check it out at: content10x.com/56

7 Essentials of High Converting Websites with Matt Eldridge

Thu, 01 Nov 2018 02:00:00 +0100

Do you feel like your website is leaking a lot of potential customers and losing you money? If you do, it can only be because you don’t have a high converting website.

In this episode, my guest Matt Eldridge and I might be able to help you on that journey to having the stickiest website in your niche!

Join us to learn:

How to capture people’s attention when they visit your site
How to strategically place team photos and testimonials all over your site to radically boost trustability
How to maximise bottom-line value from all your repurposed content

Read the full blog post at: content10x.com/55